logo

  • Middle East
  • North America
  • Travel Resources
  • Work with me

Detailed 3 Months Europe Itinerary + Costs (2024) : The Best of Europe in 3 Months

3 months in europe is a good duration to get to explore the best bits of europe. this 3 month europe itinerary has not just fun and adventurous activities but also tips and tricks to save money and the best places to stay and eat.

Spending 3 months in Europe allows you to delve deeper into the regions that interest you the most, whether you’re a first-time visitor or a seasoned traveller.

You can explore the blue-domed Churches in  Santorini , The black sand beach in  Iceland , the architecture in  Seville  or the mountains in  Switzerland . With so many destinations to choose from, the possibilities are limitless.

After spending about 10 years exploring what Europe has to offer, here’s the best tips and tricks to save money on your 3 month Europe itinerary and visit the best places in the continent.

Read along for a complete Europe itinerary 3 months to make the most of your trip to Europe.

If you’re planning your 3 months Europe itinerary at the last minute:

Here’s the top experiences and stays you don’t want to miss on your trip

Windsor Castle, Stonehenge & Bath Full-Day Tour

Lisbon: History, Stories and Lifestyle Walking Tour

From Amsterdam: Keukenhof Flower Park Trip with Transfer

Prague: Vltava River Night Cruise with Buffet

Florence: Chianti Wineries Tour with Food and Wine Tasting

Here’s where to stay on your 3 months in Europe itinerary

London – Fox and Goose hotel

Venice – Venice Maggior Consiglio

Amsterdam :   Hotel Nes

Florence: Soggiorno La Cupola Guesthouse

Budapest: Callas House

Woman walking on Diamond beach in Iceland on a 3 months Europe itinerary

A detailed 3 months Europe itinerary

Here’s a comprehensive 3 months Europe itinerary that will take you on an unforgettable journey through some of the continent’s hidden gems, and breath-taking landscapes.

This Europe itinerary 3 months offers a myriad range of experiences that will satisfy even the most discerning traveller, so, grab a cup of coffee and prepare to be inspired by Europe’s magic and wonder.

Month 1 of your Europe itinerary 3 months

Western europe.

Welcome to the first month of your epic 3 month Europe trip!

This 3 months in Europe itinerary will begin in Western Europe, where you will have the opportunity to visit some of the continent’s most iconic and cosmopolitan cities covering the countries UK, France, Spain , Portugal and The Netherlands .

If you’d prefer spending more time here on your 3 months in Europe itinerary consider adding countries like Iceland , Ireland and the other regions of the UK like Scotland and Wales.

London, UK (5 days)

Starting your 90 days in Europe itinerary in London is an excellent way to immerse yourself in the city’s rich history, diverse culture, and iconic landmarks.

What to do in London during your 3 months Europe itinerary

A great way to explore London is to take this Big Bus Open-Top Hop-on Hop-off Sightseeing Tour , which covers almost all the major spots in the city.

Here are some of the things you could do in London:

Visit the Houses of Parliament , Big Ben and Westminster Abbey

Learn about the Tower of London’s history as a royal palace, prison, and fortress

Take a stroll through St. James’s Park to witness the Changing of the Guard at Buckingham Palace

Take this day trip to the charming town of Windsor and its castle, Stonehenge, and the Georgian city of Bath. Adding Bath to your 3 month Europe itinerary is a fab way to get a taste of the countryside in the UK

Attend a performance in London’s famous theatre district, the West End

Explore London’s many museums, including the Victoria and Albert Museum, British Museum , the Natural History Museum, and the Science Museum

Walk around Covent Garden, checking out the shops, street performers, and cafes

Explore Camden Town’s vibrant neighbourhood and bustling market

Visit the National Theatre or Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre to see a play or musical

Take a ride on the London Eye, a giant observation wheel offering panoramic views of the city

Visit the Royal Observatory and the Prime Meridian in the historic Greenwich neighbourhood

A rare find is the Fox and Goose hotel . It has a traditional pub and is close to the Underground and is about 15 to 20 minutes from the major attractions. Couples quite like it for the location and vibes!

You can also extend your trip and take a road trip across north Ireland .

Woman walking on Diamond beach in Iceland on a 3 months Europe itinerary

Paris, France (5-7 days)

From London, take a train to Paris , France and spend 1 week out of your 3 month Europe trip itinerary,  exploring the City of Lights.

What to do in Paris during your 3 months Europe itinerary

You can visit the top sites in Paris by booking a  Hop-on Hop-off Discovery Bus Tour . Some of the things to do in Paris are:

Visit the iconic Eiffel Tower and take in the city views from the top.

Take a stroll along the  Seine River  and marvel at the numerous bridges and landmarks, including Notre Dame Cathedral.

See the magnificent Palace of Versailles, a magnificent symbol of France’s royal history. It’s a bit of a trek from the city centre, but worth the trip.

Visit the Luxembourg Gardens, a tranquil haven in the city’s heart or have a picnic in the beautiful Tuileries Gardens.

Explore the world-renowned Louvre Museum and its impressive collection of art and artefacts, which includes the Mona Lisa.

Take a walk through Montmartre’s picturesque streets, which are known for their bohemian vibe and artistic history. You can also book this  Montmartre Cheese, Wine & Pastry Guided Walking Tour  and indulge in some local cuisine, from croissants and pastries.

Enjoy a boat ride along the Canal Saint-Martin to discover the city’s charming waterways and hidden treasures.

See the impressive collection of Impressionist and Post-Impressionist art, including works by Monet, Van Gogh, and Degas. at the MusĂ©e d’Orsay.

Take  this day trip  to the Palace of Fontainebleau and Vaux-le-Vicomte to see its impressive collection of art and architecture.

Explore the trendy Marais neighbourhood’s many boutiques, cafes, and art galleries.

The People – Paris Belleville IEx Les PiaulesI , is a great budget stay option in Paris. This hostel, located in the Belleville district, offers both dormitory-style and private rooms at an affordable price.

The Eiffel tower in Paris by the Seine on a 3 months Europe itinerary

French Riviera ( 5 days) – Nice, Eze etc.

Hop on a train or flight to Nice, France, to spend 5 amazing days from your 3 month Europe trip itinerary, exploring the gorgeous French Riviera.

What to do in the French Riviera during your 3 months in Europe Itinerary

Here are some suggestions on what you can do in the French Riviera:

Discover Nice’s beautiful Old Town, including the Place Rossetti, Cours Saleya, Promenade des Anglais and the magnificent Russian Orthodox Cathedral.

In Nice, see Take the bus or train to nearby Villefranche-sur-Mer, where you can explore the charming old town and waterfront.

Book  this half-day trip  from Nice to the hilltop village of Eze and the tiny principality of Monaco.

Spend a day in Cannes, which is famous for its opulent shopping, and beautiful beaches. Visit the Palais des Festivals, which hosts the Cannes Film Festival.

Take a train to  Antibes , a charming old town with a lovely marina and the famous Picasso Museum.

Visit Saint-Tropez, a glamorous and picturesque seaside resort town known for its beaches and lively nightlife.

Travel by train or bus to Marseille, France’s second-largest city, and explore its vibrant Vieux-Port and the magnificent Notre Dame de la Garde.

Take  this boat tour  to the Calanques National Park, a beautiful coastal area with clear waters and towering cliffs.

Stay at Nice at Locarno , a gorgeous property with free Wi-Fi and a breakfast buffet.

The Nice riviera by an azure sea on a Europe itinerary 3 months

Barcelona, Spain + Montserrat, Sitges (5 days)

Next on this 3 month Europe trip itinerary, book a high-speed  train  to  Barcelona  to experience this vibrant and lively city that is known for its unique architecture, beaches, delicious food, and rich culture.

What to do in Barcelona during your 90 days in Europe Itinerary

Visit Antoni Gaudi’s iconic Sagrada Familia, an unfinished basilica designed by him.

Explore the vibrant  Park Guell  and take in the city’s breath-taking views.

Explore the Gothic Quarter, a charming neighbourhood filled with narrow streets, historic buildings, and cosy cafes.

Stroll down lively  La Rambla  and visit the Boqueria Market for fresh produce and local treats.

Soak up the Mediterranean sun on Barcelona’s sandy beaches, such as Barceloneta or Mar Bella.

Explore the nightlife in the El Raval and Gracia neighbourhoods.

Visit the Picasso Museum to learn about the famous artist’s work.

Book  this day trip  to Montserrat, a beautiful mountain range with a monastery and breath-taking views.

Try some of the local cuisine, including traditional tapas, paella, and the famous Catalan dish, calçots.

A fantastic to explore Barcelona is by booking  this Hop-on Hop-off Bus Tour .

Stay at  Praktik Bakery  in the heart of the city. The best bit? Enjoy traditional breads and pastries from the hotel’s bakery, fresh and hot! Also close to most attractions in the city!

Colourful structures in Park Guell in Barcelona on a 3 months in Europe itinerary

Lisbon, Sintra, Cascais – Portugal (5 days)

Next, on your Europe 3 month itinerary you can take a flight to Lisbon, Portugal’s charming capital city, located on the Atlantic coast.

What to do in Lisbon during your 3 month Europe trip itinerary

A great way to explore Lisbon is by booking this  History, Stories and Lifestyle Walking Tour

Explore Alfama’s historic district, which is known for its narrow streets, traditional buildings, and picturesque city views.

Visit the Belem neighbourhood and its famous landmarks, such as the Belem Tower, the Jeronimos Monastery, and the Discoveries Monument.

Tram 28 is a historic tram that runs through some of the city’s most charming neighbourhoods and landmarks.

Visit the Sao Jorge Castle, a historic fortress with beautiful views of the city and the Tagus River.

Take  this day trip  to the nearby town of Sintra, and the beach towns of Cabo da Roca, and  Cascais .

Explore Bairro Alto, a bohemian neighbourhood known for its lively nightlife, charming cafes, and trendy shops.

Visit the Mercado da Ribeira, a historic market that has been converted into a food hall serving traditional and modern Portuguese dishes.

Take a walk along Belem’s waterfront and take in the views of the Tagus River and the 25 de Abril Bridge.

Visit the National Museum of Ancient Art, which has a large collection of Portuguese and European art dating from the 12th to the 19th centuries.

Hotel Alif Avenidas  is a great accommodation. It is located in Lisbon’s historic centre, with private and shared rooms, and a cosy lounge area.

Colourful Pena palace in Sintra Portugal on a 3 month Europe trip budget itinerary

Amsterdam, Netherlands (4 days)

Take a flight to the vibrant city of Amsterdam, your next destination in this  Europe itinerary 3 months.

What to do in Amsterdam during your 3 month trip to Europe itinerary

Apart from delectable Dutch cheese and stroopwafels, Amsterdam has plenty of activities to do, some of them being:

Take a walking tour of the city centre to see major attractions like Dam Square, the Royal Palace, and the A nne Frank House

Visit the Van Gogh Museum and the Rijksmuseum.

Take this  canal cruise  to get a different perspective on the city.

Discover the charming streets, cafes, and boutiques of the Jordaan neighbourhood.

For a tour of the famous beer brand’s brewery, visit the Heineken Experience.

See the famous window displays and learn about the area’s history and culture by visiting the Red Light District.

Explore the Museumplein neighbourhood, which is home to several museums, including the Stedelijk Museum of Modern Art.

Visit Zaanse Schans to see the traditional Dutch windmills and learn about the area’s history.

Visit nearby attractions such as the picturesque town of Haarlem or take  this guided tour  to  Keukenhof Gardens , which are well-known for their spring flower displays.

Visit local markets like the Albert Cuyp Market or the Noordermarkt.

Stay at  Hotel Nes  situated in one of the best areas in Amsterdam; a traditional canal house alongside the Amstel River. The restaurants are nearby and the rooms cosy! One of the best places to stay as per guests!

Colourful houses by the canals in Amsterdam on a 3 month Europe trip itinerary

Month 2 of your Europe itinerary 3 months

Central europe.

Prepare for a whirlwind adventure as we embark on the second month of your 3 month trip to Europe, in Central Europe.

This month will be filled with art, culture, history, and delicious cuisine, from the trendy streets of Berlin to the picturesque city of  Prague , from the imperial charm of Vienna to the thermal baths of Budapest. Prepare for an unforgettable journey through Europe’s heart.

Berlin, Germany (5 days)

Hop on a train from Amsterdam to Berlin, the capital city of Germany. You can set aside 5 days in your Europe travel itinerary 3 months to explore Berlin.

What to do in Berlin during your 90 day Europe itinerary

Book this Hop-on Hop-off Bus Tour to visit Berlin’s top attractions.

Visit the iconic Brandenburg Gate, Berlin’s symbol and one of the city’s most photographed landmarks.

Explore the historic Reichstag building, which houses the German Parliament, and climb to the top of its glass dome for amazing views of the city.

Learn about the events that occurred at the iconic Checkpoint Charlie, the most famous crossing point between East and West Berlin during the Cold War.

Take a walk down Unter den Linden , one of the city’s most famous boulevards lined with impressive buildings and historical monuments.

Visit the Berlin Wall Memorial and East Side Gallery to learn about the city’s division and the difficulties that East Berliners faced during the Cold War.

Visit Museum Island, a UNESCO World Heritage site that houses five world-class museums displaying ancient artefacts, art, and cultural treasures.

Explore Berlin’s trendy neighbourhoods such as  Prenzlauer Berg and Neukölln,  known for their charming streets, boutiques, and cafes.

Take this boat tour along the Spree River to get a different perspective on Berlin’s history and architecture.

Learn about the history and culture of Jews in Germany by visiting the Jewish Museum, an architectural masterpiece and one of Europe’s largest Jewish museums.

Relax and take in the dazzling views of the city from the top of the Berlin TV Tower, Germany’s tallest structure and a symbol of the city’s skyline.

Stay at Hotel 38 located in the city centre – 100 yards from the Oranienburger Tor Tram Stop, each room is done differently and is in quite a popular area with easy access to transport.

Boat passing by the Bode museum in Berlin on a 3 month trip to Europe trip itinerary

Krakow, Poland (3-4 days)

Next on this Europe itinerary 3 months, you can take a train to Krakow, a Polish city, known for its rich history, stunning architecture, and cultural significance.

What to do in Krakow during your three month Europe itinerary

Here are some suggestions on how can you spend our 5 days in Krakow:

Visit the  Wawel Castle, a former residence of Polish kings that is now a museum complex.

Admire colourful buildings and street performers as you walk around the Main Market Square (Rynek GĂłwny), one of Europe’s largest mediaeval squares.

Visit Auschwitz-Birkenau, the largest Nazi concentration and extermination camp during WWII. The location is now a museum and a memorial.

Visit St. Mary’s Basilica and listen to the hourly trumpet call from the tower.

Explore Krakow’s historic Jewish quarter, Kazimierz, and see the Old Synagogue, Remuh Synagogue, and Jewish Cemetery.

Enjoy a traditional Polish dinner at one of Kazimierz’s many restaurants.

Explore the  Wieliczka Salt Mine with this tour , a UNESCO World Heritage site and one of Europe’s oldest salt mines. The mine contains underground chambers, lakes, and salt sculptures.

Take a  guided tour of the Schindler’s Factory Museum  to learn about Oskar Schindler and the Jewish prisoners he saved during WWII.

Visit the various museums in Krakow such as the  Krakow Museum of Contemporary Art or the Polish Aviation Museum or the Krakow Museum of History.

Visit the Tatra Mountains and explore Zakopane, a popular ski resort town with stunning Tatra Mountain views. For panoramic views of the surrounding area, take a cable car up to Kasprowy Wierch.

The Hotel Krupnicza 30  is a top-rated stay option in Krakow. It is located in the old town, 1 mile from the castle and has classy rooms. It is 4 star yet budget friendly!

Wawel Cathedral in Krakow Poland on a 3 month Europe road trip

Prague, Czech Republic (1 week)

Take a scenic train journey from Krakow to spend 1 week in Prague in your 3 month itinerary Europe.

What to do in Prague during your three months in Europe itinerary

There is a lot to  see and do in Prague  also called the  ‘Golden City’, here are some suggestions:

Visit  Prague Castle, one of the world’s largest castle complexes.

Explore St. Vitus Cathedral, a magnificent example of Gothic architecture.

Cross the famous Charles Bridge, which is lined with 30 saint statues.

Visit the Old Town Square and see the 600-year-old astronomical clock.

Visit the Sedlec Ossuary, a chapel decorated with human bones, by taking a  day trip to Kutna Hora .

Visit Wenceslas Square, a historically significant location that witnessed many of the city’s pivotal events.

Take a tour of Prague’s Jewish Quarter to learn about the city’s Jewish history.

Visit the National Museum to learn about the Czech Republic’s history and culture.

Take a  river cruise on the Vltava River  to see the city from a new angle.

Take a walking tour of the Lesser Town and enjoy the stunning views from the Petrin Tower.

Enjoy a soothing bath at one of the city’s well-known beer spas.

Explore the nearby Karltejn Castle, one of the most well-known castles in the Czech Republic.

Visit the lovely Konopit Castle, the former home of Archduke Franz Ferdinand of Austria.

Savour traditional  Czech cuisine

Explore the art and architecture of the Municipal House, one of Prague’s most beautiful Art Nouveau structures.

Explore Kampa Island and see David ern’s famous sculptures.

Book your Prague stay at the  Hotel CUBE Prague , located quite close to Charles bridge and other attractions. It has clean rooms and great service with rooms that come with coffee machines. It is also quite budget friendly even in peak season!

Charles bridge at dawn on a Europe 3 month itinerary

Austria (5 days)

Take a 4-hour train journey to explore Vienna and enjoy a glimpse into the opulence of the Habsburg Empire during your 3 months travelling Europe. You can check out this amazing  5-day Austria Itinerary  if you want to explore more

What to do in Vienna during your 3 month Europe itinerary

Visit the famous  Hofburg Palace, a former imperial palace that now houses several museums and the famous Spanish Riding School.

Take  this guided tour  of the  Schönbrunn Palace and Gardens, the former imperial summer residence.

St. Stephen’s Cathedral, a stunning example of Gothic architecture, is a must-see.

Explore the Kunsthistorisches Museum, one of the world’s largest art museums, which houses a significant collection of European art.

Visit the Vienna State Opera, one of the world’s foremost opera houses.

Visit the Belvedere Palace, a stunning Baroque palace that now houses an impressive collection of Austrian art.

Visit the  Naschmarkt , Vienna’s largest outdoor market, which sells a wide range of food, beverages, and other items.

Attend a performance at the renowned Musikverein, which is home to the Vienna Philharmonic and one of the world’s most renowned concert halls.

Book  this day trip  to the nearby Wachau Valley, a scenic region known for its vineyards, castles, and charming towns

Have lunch at the historic  Demel bakery , which is famous for its delectable pastries and desserts.

You can stay at the MEININGER Hotel Wien Downtown Sissi . This hotel in Vienna’s Leopoldstadt district is within walking distance of the city centre and offers modern rooms with free Wi-Fi.

People sitting outside cafe Central in Vienna on a 3 month itinerary Europe

Budapest, Hungary (3-5 days)

Hop on a short train ride from Vienna to explore the ‘Paris of the East’,  Budapest .

What to do in Budapest during your 3 months Europe itinerary

Here are some  things to do in Budapest  during your 90 day Europe itinerary:

Book  this guided city tour  and explore the Buda’s Castle District, GellĂ©rt Hil, Heroes’ Square and the magnificent Hungarian Parliament Building.

Walk across the Széchenyi Chain Bridge and take in the view of the Danube.

Take in the panoramic views of Budapest from Castle Hill and Fisherman’s Bastion.

Visit the Matthias Church, a lovely neo-Gothic church in the Castle District.

Relax in a famous thermal bath, such as Széchenyi Bath or Gellért Bath.

Visit the Great Market Hall to try Hungarian cuisines such as goulash, chimney cake, and langos and buy local products.

Take  this Danube River cruise  and admire the cityscape from the water.

Visit the House of Terror Museum, which depicts the horrors of Hungary’s fascist and communist regimes.

Visit the DohĂĄny Street Synagogue while strolling through the Jewish Quarter.

Take a stroll down AndrĂĄssy Avenue and pay a visit to the  Hungarian State Opera House .

Admire the Vajdahunyad Castle’s eclectic mix of architectural styles and the stunning art nouveau structure of Gresham Palace.

Visit Memento Park, an open-air museum displaying communist-era statues and memorials in Hungary.

Ride the Budapest Eye, a massive Ferris wheel located in Erzsébet Square.

You can book a room at Callas House , located right next to the Opera house, that’s close to most attractions. It is in one of guests’ favourite areas and the rooms are quite spacious!

Szechenyi chain bridge in Budapest on a 90 day Europe itinerary

Month 3 of your Europe Itinerary 3 months

Southern europe.

Welcome to Month 3 of your 90 day Europe itinerary! You’ve already travelled through Central and Western Europe, so it’s time to head to sunny and warm Southern Europe. Prepare to immerse yourself in Mediterranean culture, visit ancient ruins in Greece, indulge in delectable cuisine in Italy. You can also extend your trip to bask in the warm sunshine in Cyprus .

Athens, Greece (3 days)

Athens, the capital city of  Greece , is an ancient city rich in history, culture, and mythology. You can book a flight from Budapest o Athens, which will take around 2 hours. You can also explore  Athens in a day  and save other days for other gorgeous destinations.

What to do in Athens during your 3 months Europe itinerary

Take  a guided tour  of the Acropolis, Parthenon, & Acropolis Museum..

Explore the ancient Agora, a key centre of Athenian life during the classical period.

Visit the Temple of Olympian Zeus, Greece’s largest temple and one of the best-preserved ancient Greek temples, the Temple of Hephaestus.

Explore the historic Plaka district, which is known for its picturesque streets, shops, and restaurants.

Visit the National Archaeological Museum, the Benaki Museum, and the Museum of Cycladic Art

Visit the Panathenaic Stadium, where the first modern Olympic Games were held in 1896.

Explore the Roman Agora’s ruins, including the Tower of the Winds and the Gate of Athena Archegetis.

Explore the historic neighbourhoods of Psirri and  Anafiotika.

Climb Mount Lycabettus for panoramic views of Athens and its environs.

Visit the stunning Temple of Poseidon at Cape Sounion, which is known for its stunning sunset views.

Book this  Gourmet Food Tour  and explore the bustling Athens Central Market (Varvakios Agora), and enjoy traditional Greek food.

Arethusa Hotel  located next to the Plaka is close to the Metro station and is tastefully decorated. There’s a roof garden with great views and its close to most attractions!

If you’re planning to explore the Greek islands, Santorini is perfect with direct flights from Athens. Mykonos is also a fab option!

The Acropolis in Athens on a three month europe itinerary

Dubrovnik, Croatia (5 days)

Dubrovnik, also known as the ‘Pearl of the Adriatic’ is a stunning Croatian coastal city. There are plenty of things you can do in the city during your Europe itinerary 3 months, some of them as follows.

What to do in Dubrovnik during your 3 month Europe itinerary

Walk along Dubrovnik’s city walls, which provide stunning views of the city and the Adriatic Sea.

Explore the UNESCO World Heritage Site of Dubrovnik’s historic Old Town by booking  this guided walking tour  and visit Dubrovnik Cathedral, and Rector’s Palace among other major spots

Take a boat ride to Lokrum, a nearby island with a beautiful botanical garden and a 12th-century Benedictine monastery.

Take the cable car up Mount Srd for sweeping views of Dubrovnik and the surrounding countryside.

Take a sea kayaking tour of the coastline and caves of Dubrovnik.

Explore the exhibition War Photo Limited and the Dubrovnik Maritime Museum

Take a day trip to Ston, a nearby town known for its ancient walls and salt pans.

Relax on Banje Beach, a popular swimming and sunbathing destination.

Explore the Dubrovnik Synagogue, the world’s oldest Sephardic synagogue still in use.

Take  this Game of Thrones-themed tour  to see some of the popular TV show’s filming locations.

Stay at  boutique Villa Dorma , located in a quiet area of Dubrovnik’s Old Town, just a few minutes walk from the city walls and major attractions.

Colourful orange rooftops in Dubrovnik on a 3 month vacation in Europe

Venice, Italy (3 days)

Next on this 3 month tour of Europe, take a flight to the  ‘Floating City’, Venice and explore its intricate canals, stunning architecture, and rich culture.

What to do in Venice during your 3 month Europe itinerary

Book  this guided tour  of St. Mark’s Square and the Doge’s Palace.

Take a gondola ride through Venice’s canals to see the city’s unique waterways.

Visit the Peggy Guggenheim Collection, a modern art museum containing works by Picasso, Pollock, and others.

Go on a  tour of the island of Murano to see the famous  Murano  lass being made and the island of  Burano  to see its colourful houses and enjoy seafood

Visit the Basilica di Santa Maria della Salute, a stunning Baroque church at the Grand Canal’s entrance.

Explore the Cannaregio neighbourhood’s quiet and picturesque backstreets.

Visit the Gallerie dell’Accademia, an art museum specialising in Venetian Renaissance art.

Spend the evening watching the sunset over the Grand Canal.

Stay at the Venice Maggior Consiglio , located in the Cannaregio neighbourhood, just a 10-minute walk from the Rialto Bridge.

Colourful buildings by the canals in Venice on a 3 month europe travel itinerary

Florence, Italy (5 days)

The last destination on this 3 month Europe travel itinerary  will be the Italian city of  Florence, renowned for its Renaissance art and architecture.

If you wish to extend your trip in Italy, you can refer to this 12 day Italy itinerary .

What to do in Florence during your 3 months Europe itinerary

Book  a guided tour of the Accademia Gallery  to see Michelangelo’s David statue.

Visit the Florence Cathedral, Giotto’s Campanile, and the Baptistery as you walk around Piazza del Duomo.

Explore the Uffizi Gallery, one of the most famous art museums in the world.

Take a walk across the  Ponte Vecchio , a famous bridge lined with jewellery stores.

Visit Pitti Palace and Boboli Gardens, which were once home to the powerful Medici family.

Discover the Mercato Centrale, a bustling indoor market filled with vendors selling local food and wine.

Take  this guided tour  of the famous Chianti vineyards for some food and wine tasting.

Visit the Basilica di Santa Croce, the world’s largest Franciscan church and the final resting place of many famous Italians, including  Michelangelo  and Galileo.

Soggiorno La Cupola Guesthouse is a beautiful stay option in Florence, featuring stylish rooms with free Wi-Fi.

The Duomo in Florence on a 3 months travelling Europe travel itinerary

Tips for travelling around Europe 3 months

Backpacking Europe 3 months can be an exciting and rewarding experience, but making the most of your trip requires careful planning. Here are some suggestions to help you make the most of your three months in Europe:

Plan a rough Europe itinerary 3 months ahead of time, but be willing to change it as you go.

Pack lightly and wisely, opting for versatile clothing that can be mixed and matched.

Stay in low-cost accommodations such as hostels.

Take public transportation, such as trains, buses, or metros, to get around.

Look into free or low-cost activities such as walking tours or visiting local markets.

For low-cost meals, try local street food or local supermarkets.

Don’t be afraid to meet new people and make new friends.

Stay safe by being aware of your surroundings, avoiding dangerous areas, and keeping your belongings secure

You’ll be prepared for your 3 month trip to Europe if you follow these tips. Enjoy the journey.

A cathedral in Bern in Switzerland on a 3 month Europe itinerary

Big Bus Open-Top Hop-on Hop-off Sightseeing Tour in London

Lisbon: Pena Palace, Sintra, Cabo da Roca, & Cascais Day Trip

Amsterdam: Classic Boat Cruise with Cheese & Wine Option

Berlin: Hop-on Hop-off Bus Tour with Live Commentary

Berlin: 1-Hour City Tour by Boat

Krakow: Auschwitz-Birkenau Tour

Krakow: Oskar Schindler Factory Guided Tour

From Prague: KutnĂĄ Hora and Ossuary Tour

Vienna: Schönbrunn Palace & Gardens Skip-the-Line Tour

Vienna: Wachau, Melk Abbey, and Danube Valleys Tour

Budapest: Grand City Tour with Parliament Visit

Budapest: 1-Hour Sightseeing Cruise

Athens: Acropolis, Parthenon, & Acropolis Museum Guided Tour

Athens: Gourmet Food Tour

Dubrovnik: Old Town Walking Tour

Dubrovnik: The Ultimate Game of Thrones Tour

Venice Doge’s Palace & St Mark’s Basilica Skip-the-Line Tour

Florence: Skip-the-Line Accademia Guided Tour

  • The People – Paris Belleville IEx Les PiaulesI

The Loft Hostel ,

Home Lisbon Hostel

St Christopher’s Inn Berlin Mitte

Bubble Hostel

Hostel EMMA

MEININGER Hotel Wien Downtown Sissi

City Circus Athens

boutique Villa Dorma

With its stunning natural beauty, rich history, and diverse cultures, Europe offers a wealth of experiences that are both unique and unforgettable that can only be experienced if you spend 3 months in Europe.

3 month Europe itinerary FAQs

How to travel europe for 3 months.

The best way to Travel within Europe is by train. These are fast and more affordable than flights.

Can I take a 3 month Europe road trip?

Yes, you can take a three-month road trip through Europe, but you must carefully plan your three month Europe itinerary, ensure you have all necessary documents and permits, and budget for fuel, tolls, and parking fees.

What is 3 month Europe trip budget?

The approximate cost of a 3 month vacation in Europe for budget travellers would be €50-€70 per day for lodging, food, and transportation. This would bring the total cost of the trip to between €4,500 and €6,300. It’s also important to consider extra costs like sightseeing activities, travel insurance, and visa fees (if applicable).

europe trip 3 months

Award-winning Analyst, multi-nominated digital content creator and photographer Lavina Dsouza's words capture stories about culture and tradition mainly through its food and people. She has written and contributed to publications such as The Washington Post, Lonely Planet and Matador Network, to name a few. She is the editor of UntraditionalHumans.com, a non-profit created to share inspiring stories from women of colour who break free from traditions and choose happiness.

She's also a speaker passionate about DEI and champions solo travel. She has collaborated with numerous renowned brands such as Intrepid Travel, TripAdvisor, Travel and Leisure and Adobe, to name a few.

She can be found on Twitter and Instagram.

PIN FOR LATER!

europe trip 3 months

Where is hot in October in Europe? 35 FAB Warm Spots for Some Sun!

White houses in the streets of Mykonos one of the hottest places in europe in september

10 Hottest Places in Europe in September – FAB Spots for a trip! (2024)

a vibrant cityscape in one of the warmest places in Europe in April

Where’s Hot in April in Europe? 20 Warm Places to Visit in April (2024)

Orange buildings in the town of Eindhoven on a sunny day next to Phillips stadium

Is Eindhoven Worth Visiting? Here’s Top Reasons why you Should and Shouldn’t! (2024)

People having a coffee at Cafe central in vienna how many days in Vienna

Here’s How Many Days In Vienna is Enough for a FAB Trip! (2024)

Odeon of herodes in how many days to see athens

Here’s How Many Days In Athens is Enough for a FAB Trip! (2024)

The Pantheon in Rome on why you should visit Rome

Here’s How Many Days In Rome is Enough for a PERFECT Trip! (2024)

Iconic view of the ocean during sunset in Oia, Santorini

13 FAB Things To Do in Oia, Santorini (2024)

europe trip 3 months

19 Warmest Places in Europe in March (2024)

europe trip 3 months

10 day Europe Itinerary : 8 PERFECT 10 Day Europe Trips for the BEST vacay! (2024)

A boat docked by lake lausanne with foliage in front is swiss travel pass worth it

Is Swiss Travel Pass Worth It? – A Detailed Guide (2024)

Lausanne lake in autumn in Switzerland in fall in Switzerland with fall foliage

Autumn in Switzerland – The BEST Things to do in Switzerland in Fall (2024)

Some of the links on this post are affiliate links. These do not cost you extra to use, but will help provide Continent Hop with a small commission if/when you purchase through them, to recover some of the costs of running this website and providing free content to help you plan your travel. I appreciate your support!

Add comment Cancel reply

Join my community

Subscribe to my newsletter to get updates!

logo

Home > Europe > 3 Months in Europe: The Best 3 Month Itinerary for Europe

3 Months in Europe: The Best 3 Month Itinerary for Europe

By Dymphe / June 19, 2022

Spending 3 months in Europe is an amazing experience you'll never forget. This 3 month itinerary for Europe shows you exactly where to go!

Europe is a continent with many gorgeous destinations. You can find so many different places there! In Europe, you find history, beaches, cities, little towns, museums, islands, and so much more! Because of this, going there is a wonderful experience.

I live in Europe and I visited so many places on the continent! I saw large cities with impressive skyscrapers and Italian and Greek traditional villages. Furthermore, I saw beautiful lakes, gorgeous islands, beaches, and more!

Girl in Paris

No matter how much time you have in Europe, there's always something new to discover! The continent keeps surprising me, even though I'm living here.

As there's so much to see and to do, spending 3 months in Europe is great! This allows you to see many of the wonderful destinations the continent has to offer.

This 3 months itinerary for Europe is perfect if you're planning on spending 90 days there. You're definitely going to have 3 wonderful months in which you will see so many amazing places!

Table of Contents

Things to Know Before Spending 3 Months in Europe

When you are spending 3 months in Europe, there are some useful things to know! Below, you can find some important information.

1. Bring an Adapter/Converter With You When You’re Going to Spend 3 Months in Europe

There are other electrical sockets in Europe than in some other countries in the world, such as the US. Keep this in mind when you are in Europe for 3 months.

You need an adapter that allows you to plug your existing devices into European sockets.

There are two types you need. One for the UK and one for the rest of Europe.

Furthermore, the voltage in Europe can be different from your country. Most devices work for both, but if not you need a converter. As you're going to visit many places when you're 3 months in Europe, it's convenient to have the correct one.

You can buy an adapter/converter at many stores!

Blue domes in Santorini

2. Schengen Visa

With a Schengen visa, you can travel within the Schengen Area. This includes the countries of the European Union and some other countries.

With this visa, you can stay up to 90 days in Europe within a period of 180 days. Make sure you don't stay longer than that!

When you are traveling from some countries you don't need a visa, but the same rules apply! For example, you don't need to apply for a visa when you are traveling from the United States to the Schengen Area!

View of Monaco

3. Pay in The Local Currency

When you are paying with your credit or debit card you often have the option to pay in your own or the local currency.

You should choose the local currency, as this is often cheaper! This can save you lots of money during your 3 months in Europe.

4. Know the Limits of Hand Luggage

The limits of hand luggage in Europe are often much stricter than in the United States. So keep that in mind when you travel by airplane!

Tower Bridge in London

3 Months in Europe Itinerary

The destinations in this 3 months in Europe itinerary are:

Iceland (1 week) London (1 week) Amsterdam (3 days) Paris (1 week) French Riviera (1.5 weeks) Monaco (3 days) Zurich, Lucerne, and Lakes in Switzerland (1 week) Milan (3 days) Venice (1 week) Florence, Pisa and Cinque Terre (1 week) Rome (1 week) Naples and Positano (1 week) Athens (1 week) Santorini (1 week)

Let's start with the itinerary! If you follow this itinerary, you're going to have the most wonderful 90 days in Europe. You'll see beautiful cities, villages, islands and more!

Iceland (1 week): The First Destination of Your 3 Months in Europe

The first place for your 3 month trip to Europe starts in the country of Iceland.

Flying here from the United States can be very affordable. There are low-cost carriers that offer many flights to the country.

Furthermore, there are very cheap flights to the rest of Europe from here. That makes this a great place to fly through when going to Europe. But you should definitely stop here for a week to experience all the country has to offer!

Landscape and horses in Iceland

Iceland is a wonderful place to visit. It is a country with a small population that is smaller than that of many cities. There are only about 400,000 people who live in Iceland. But there is a lot to do in Iceland, so it's definitely worth going to!

What makes Iceland great is the nature you find there. There are lots of beautiful places and the country's landscape is very diverse.

For example, there are a lot of places with ice. One of the best examples of this is Diamond Beach. This is a beautiful beach with small blocks of ice that look like diamonds.

Diamond Beach in Iceland

Besides that, there are many volcanos in Iceland. These are very impressive to see. There are many places where you can see lava, which is very unique! When you're 3 months in Europe, you should definitely see this!

Also, there are beaches with black sand as a result of all the volcanic activity in the country.

Another great thing about nature in Iceland is the waterfalls.

Waterfall in Iceland

Furthermore, there are lots of places where you can find Geysers in Iceland. This is yet another thing that is very impressive to see!

Also, there are thermal baths in the country. One of the best of these is Blue Lagoon .

In short, Iceland is wonderful to visit!

London (1 week): One of the Largest Cities of Your 3 Months in Europe

After seeing Iceland, it's time to go to London! You'll spend one week in London if you follow this 3 month itinerary for Europe.

London is the capital of the United Kingdom. Besides that, it's also the largest city in the United Kingdom. It's one of my favorite cities to visit.

Girl with flowers at the Tower Bridge in London

Exploring such a large city in England is so much fun. There are many incredible things to see in London.

When you're in the city, you should see Tower Bridge and London Tower for sure. Besides that, seeing Big Ben, the Thames and London Eye is amazing as well!

Besides that, you should see the colorful houses and streets in London too. Especially in Notting Hill, you will find some of the most beautiful streets in the world.

Colorful houses in London

Moreover, there are many incredible museums in London. One of the best museums in London is the British Museum . If you want to see great museums during your 3 months in Europe, this one is perfect!

You can see many objects here from all around the world and from all periods of time. For example, there are lots of objects from Ancient Greece.

Furthermore, those who love shopping will love London too! There are many amazing places for shopping, such as Oxford Street.

Also, London is one of the most beautiful cities in the world! It's very photogenic.

For example, there are many pretty cafes in London. It's incredible to go there as they look very beautiful with lots of flowers and pink.

Cafe with flowers in London

Amsterdam (3 days)

From London, it is easy to get to the next destination in Europe: Amsterdam. There is a direct train connection between the two cities that is very fast.

Amsterdam is the capital of the Netherlands and it is a lovely place to visit. There is a lot to do in the city, but you can visit the highlights in 3 days, so I recommend spending that amount of time here.

Houses in Amsterdam

The city of Amsterdam has a lot of canals and bridges. These make the city very unique. Along these canals, you can see very picturesque canal houses. Each house is unique and wonderful to see!

A great activity in the city is doing a canal cruise. During this, you'll learn about the city's history and you'll see some amazing places.

Also, you can rent a boat and sail through the canals of Amsterdam yourself, which is great too!

Girl with flowers in Amsterdam

Besides that, there are a lot of museums in the city of Amsterdam. These are interesting and great to visit when you're 3 months in Europe.

For example, when you love the art of Van Gogh, then you are at the right place at the Van Gogh Museum. Here you find the largest collection of his artworks.

Another great museum is Rijksmuseum. Here you can find a large collection of paintings and other objects.

Besides that, the Anne Frank House is another sight you have to see when you are in the city of Amsterdam. This is the house where Anne Frank lived during the second world war and where she wrote her diary.

Furthermore, the city has a great nightlife scene. There are lots of clubs and bars in the city center.

Also, Amsterdam Dance Event is a great event with lots of dance music events!

Paris (1 week)

The next place on this itinerary for 3 months in Europe is Paris. If you're in Europe, you should definitely visit the capital of France.

Paris is one of the most romantic cities in the world. That's why people call it the City of Love.

Girl in front of the Eiffel Tower

There are so many reasons to visit Paris!

One of the reasons is that there are many incredible sights. For example, the Eiffel Tower is a must-see when you're in the city.

The Eiffel Tower from the metro

Besides that, you can also visit one of the most amazing museums in the world. The Louvre is a large museum that's definitely worth visiting.

And there's so much more, such as the Arc de Triomphe and the SacrĂ©-CƓur.

Arc de Triomphe

So the sights in Paris are amazing, but there's another important reason to spend a week in Paris. That's the feeling and atmosphere in the city.

Going to Paris for a week is such an incredible thing to do as you can experience the city a bit like a local.

For example, going to some Parisian cafes is amazing. Or start your day at a lovely Parisian bakery with a baguette and croissant.

Wander through Montmartre and enjoy the beautiful Parisian Streets!

Street in Montmartre in Paris

Also, you can shop at the Champs-ÉlysĂ©es or at one of the many lovely boutiques in Paris.

French Riviera (1.5 weeks)

After visiting the City of Love, it's time to go to the French Riviera. The French Riviera is also in France, but it's very different from Paris.

The weather in the French Riviera is often amazing. You can find many beaches and pretty villages in the French Riviera.

For example, Menton and Villefranche-sur-Mer are incredible.

Menton is a small town with some great things to do. One of the places you should see in Menton is Plage des Sablettes.

Menton from the rocks

Plage des Sablettes is a very beautiful beach that's close to the train station of the town. If you want to visit pretty beaches when you're 3 months in Europe, you'll love this one!

The beach is very unique as you have a beautiful view of the colorful houses of the old town. Swimming in the water at this beach is very pleasant when it's summer.

Furthermore, there are lovely rocks where you can sit down and relax.

Villefranche-sur-Mer is also a gorgeous little town you should see!

Villefranche-sur-Mer

Other places in the French Riviera are Nice and Cannes. These cities are larger than Menton and Villefranche-sur-Mer.

If you like shopping, going to Nice and Cannes is incredible!

At the French Riviera, you can find many great places to stay. You can choose between one of the small villages or one of the cities. Especially staying in one of the hotels with a view of the sea is very relaxing.

Monaco (3 days)

Another one of the best destinations in Europe when you are doing a 3-month trip is Monaco.

Monaco is actually part of the French Riviera, but it is a separate country. It is a very small place. In fact, it is one of the smallest countries in the world! Because of this, it's a must-see.

View of water and houses in Monaco

Getting to Monaco is as easy as getting to other places in French Riviera. There is a great train connection from places in the French Riviera!

What makes Monaco great is how beautiful it looks. Everywhere in the city, there are pretty spots. For that reason, it's an amazing place to see when you're 3 months in Europe.

Blue water and houses in Monaco

One of the best events in Monaco is the Monaco Grand Prix. During this event, the whole country turns into a racing track, which is incredible!

One of the best places you can go to in Monaco is the Monte-Carlo Casino. The casino appeared in many movies and it is a very fun place to go to! Fun fact, people who live in Monaco may not enter the casino to ensure the citizen don't lose their wealth here.

Another great place to visit in Monaco is the Rock of Monaco. This is the highest point in the city with many sights.

You can find here the St Martin Gardens. These gardens are beautiful and are especially pretty because of the view!

Sunset in Monaco

Another interesting sight at the Rock of Monaco is the Prince's Palace. This is the official palace of the Prince of Monaco, which is very interesting. Also, you can see the ritual of the changing of the guards here, during which the guards change shifts.

In Monaco, there are amazing beaches. One of the best of these is Larvotto Beach.

Zurich, Lucerne, and the Lakes in Switzerland (1 week): The Most Beautiful Nature of Your 3 Months in Europe

Now it is time to visit some places in Switzerland. Switzerland is famous for its beautiful nature and wonderful cities.

Lake in Switzerland

From France, it is easy to get here by train!

When you are going to Switzerland, you should definitely go to ZĂŒrich. This is the capital of the country, with lots of things to do and see.

Wandering through the city and seeing the typical Swiss architecture is amazing. It is a great addition to your 3 month trip to Europe that you should not miss out on!

Buildings and water in ZĂŒrich

Another great city in Switzerland that I definitely recommend visiting is Lucerne. You can go here by train from ZĂŒrich.

The old part of the city of Lucerne is great! The houses here are very picturesque. Furthermore, the KapellbrĂŒcke is lovely to see. This is a very old wooden bridge that crosses the river.

You can also visit the mountains near the city. From there you have a wonderful view of the city. Furthermore, it is great to see nature here!

Next to Lucerne, you can find Lake Lucerne. This is one of the most beautiful lakes in Switzerland. The water is very blue and the views of the mountains are lovely! Furthermore, you can swim in the lake!

Besides this lake, there are a lot of other great lakes that are worth visiting in Switzerland. Each lake is unique, but all are stunning!

You can visit these lakes when you are 3 months in Europe. There are great train connections or you can go there by car!

Road and lake in Switzerland

Milan (3 days)

From Switzerland, you should travel to Italy. There are good connections by train between the two countries.

One of the best Italian cities close to the border with Switzerland is Milan.

Milan Cathedral

Milan is one of the largest cities in Italy with lots of great sights.

The most famous sight in the city is definitely Milan Cathedral. This is a beautiful cathedral in the center of the city. If you love architecture, it's a wonderful sight.

Cathedral in Milan

Also, next to it you can find the Galleria Vittorio Emanuele II. This is a great covered passage that looks beautiful. You can find here lots of luxury fashion stores.

Galleria Vittorio Emanuele II

Milan is one of the fashion capitals of Europe and it is a great place for shopping! There are lots of other shopping streets in the city.

There are also a lot of places of high cultural significance. For example, you can find here The Last Supper by Leonardo da Vinci, which is a very famous mural painting.

Also, there are lots of great parks in the city and there are good restaurants.

Because you can see the highlights of the city in a very easy way, spending 3 days in Milan is enough to cover it!

There are many other great places in Italy left to explore!

Venice (1 week)

After you went to Milan you should definitely go to another great place in Italy: Venice.

From Milan, it is easy to get to Venice by train or by bus.

Venice is a very special city and one of my favorite ones that I went to! It is such a gorgeous place!

Canal in Venice

In the city of Venice, there's water everywhere. The whole city is full of canals and bridges. This is also the only way to move around. There are no cars, so you can only travel on foot or by boat.

The canals look amazing with the blue water and lovely canal houses. Seeing these is a great experience when you are 3 months in Europe.

For example, the view of the Grand Canal from the Rialto Bridge will surprise you. It is so gorgeous to be there.

Furthermore, one of the best things you can do in the city is a gondola ride. This is a very famous and romantic activity. On board a gondola, you'll tour the canals of Venice and see the city from the water!

Gondolas in Venice

Another great activity in the city is going to St. Mark's Square. You'll find here the Doge's Palace and Saint Mark's Basilica. These places have incredible architecture and a very interesting to visit.

Besides seeing the famous things in the city, you should definitely get lost when you are in Venice. The little streets of the city are great to wander through and you'll stumble upon pretty places for sure!

There are also lots of great events in the city of Venice. When you happen to visit the city of Venice during March, you can see the Venice Carnival. This is a great festival with lots of dance, music, and incredible masks.

Florence, Pisa and Cinque Terre (1 week)

Now it is time to visit one of my favorite cities. Florence is another beautiful city in Italy. It is the capital of the region of Tuscany.

The city is all about the Renaissance and you can see that in all the buildings in the city. This makes the city very beautiful and very interesting.

Florence in Italy

The history of the city is what is very interesting. During the Middle Ages, it was a very wealthy and influential city.

Under the rule of the Medici family, the city flourished. Many people consider the city as the Renaissance's birthplace. Furthermore, many famous people lived here. These include Michelangelo, Galileo Galilei, Machiavelli, and Leonardo da Vinci.

The historic center of Florence is amazing to wander through. You can see beautiful buildings and monuments everywhere.

For example, the Palazzo Vecchio, the town hall of Florence, is amazing. Also, you'll find here the Loggia dei Lanzi, where you can see all kinds of historic statues for free.

Palazzo Vecchio

Other notable sights in the city are Ponte Vecchio, Palazzo Pitti, and the Duomo. There is so much to see here!

Ponte Vecchio

Also, there are lots of great places for art in the city. The Uffizi Gallery is one of the best museums in Europe. You can find here lots of paintings that are wonderful to see.

Another great place for art is the Galleria dell'Accademia. You can find here lots of sculptures. The most famous object here is David by Michelangelo.

Furthermore, when you are in Florence you should also do a trip to Pisa and Cinque Terre.

Pisa is a lovely city that is especially famous because of the Leaning Tower of Pisa.

And Cinque Terre is a great collection of colorful seaside towns. The houses there are very picturesque and beautiful!

Rome (1 week)

The next Italian city on this itinerary for 3 months in Europe is Rome.

This city is very famous and you definitely already know about it.

Rome has a very interesting history and there are lots of great things to see and do here.

Rome was the capital of the Roman Empire and you can still see a lot of remains from that period in time.

Definitely, the most famous sight of the city is the Colosseum. This is an old arena from the Roman Empire where fights, plays, and more events took place.

Colosseum in Rome

What's incredible about the building is its size and age. Back in its days, the Colosseum could hold between 50,000 and 80,000 people, which is a lot. And the fact that a large part of such a large building survived is amazing!

Another one of the best sights in the city, near the Colosseum, is the Roman Forum. This was the city center of Ancient Rome. You can see here ruins of all kinds of buildings, such as temples. Furthermore, you can see here the houses of former emperors.

Roman Forum

Furthermore, the Trevi Fountain is an incredible sight to see in Rome. This is a fountain in the middle of the city with lots of statues and decorations.

Close to this, you can also see the Pantheon. This is an ancient temple from the Roman Empire for the old Roman gods.

The Spanish Steps are another lovely thing in the city of Rome. This is a great spot with many shopping streets surrounding it.

Also, when you are in Rome, you should definitely visit Vatican City. This is the smallest country in the world and it is the place where the pope lives. You can find here the impressive St. Peter's Basilica.

Naples and Positano (1 week)

Another great place to go to during your Europe trip of 3 months is the city of Naples. When you are spending one week here, you can explore the city and some of the surrounding areas!

In comparison to other cities in Italy, Naples feels more authentic. There are fewer tourists, which makes this a great place to go!

Yellow houses in Naples

There are many sights in the city. For example, there are lots of beautiful churches throughout the city. Also, there is a lot of beautiful architecture in the city. Naples is the perfect city for your 3 months in Europe if you love architecture. For example, Piazza del Plebiscito is great!

But wandering around in Naples is a great activity too!

Also, you should definitely try out pizza when you are in Naples. That's because Naples is the birthplace of Pizza! Experiences authentic pizza is a great experience for your 3 month Europe trip!

You can find lots of great pizzerias in the city. My favorite pizza restaurant is L'Antica Pizzeria da Michele. Their pizzas are very cheap and very delicious!

Next to Naples is the volcano Mount Vesuvius and the ancient city of Pompeii.

During the time of the Romans, the eruption of the volcano covered the city in ashes. All buildings and people of the city got frozen in time. Because of that, there are a lot of interesting things to see here!

Furthermore, visiting the volcano is great too! From there you have a wonderful view of the city of Naples and the sea. Also, you can see lava here.

Another great place near Naples is Positano. This is a small coastal town that looks incredible. There are many picturesque houses and beautiful viewpoints. Visiting this town is definitely worth it when you are in Naples as well!

Stairs and houses in Positano

Athens (1 week)

From Naples in Italy, you can fly to the city of Athens in Greece.

Athens is the capital city of Greece and it is an amazing place to visit.

The history of the city is very interesting and you can find remnants of it throughout the city center. Furthermore, the city looks very beautiful.

View of Athens

One of the best things to do in Athens is to visit the Acropolis. The Acropolis is an old citadel of Ancient Greece. Thousands of years ago, you could find here many important buildings. Nowadays, there are a lot of ruins left.

The most important building that you can still see a large part of here is the Parthenon. This is an old temple dedicated to the Goddess Athena, who was the patron of the city of Athens.

Another great thing to do in Athens is going to the Temple of the Olympian Zeus. Here you can see ruins of the ancient temple that focused on the God Zeus. When this temple was in use, it was the largest temple in the world.

 Greek flag in Athens

When you are in Athens, you should definitely go to Ermou too. This is the main shopping street in the city that is great for shopping!

Also, Plaka is a great part of the city to visit. You can find here lots of boutique shops and restaurants serving delicious food. Wandering around here is great!

Another great sight in the city that is worth visiting is the Ancient Agora. You find here lots of ruins from Ancient Greece.

Besides that, the Panathenaic Stadium is also worth checking out. This is a very old stadium.

From Athens, you can visit the Greek islands. There are many of them, and from Athens, you can travel there by ferry in a quick way!

Columns in Athens

Santorini (1 week)

The last place you're going to visit if you follow this itinerary for 3 months in Europe is Santorini. Santorini is a beautiful island in Greece that's part of the Cyclades.

Santorini is one of the most popular destinations in the world for photography. That's because it's so beautiful!

White houses in Santorini

Santorini is famous because of its magnificent blue domes and viewpoints. If you're going to visit Santorini, I'm sure the beauty of the island will amaze you!

You can find pretty villages in Santorini. As you're spending one week in Santorini, there's enough time to visit several villages!

The most famous place on the island is Oia.

Blue domes in Oia, Santorini

Oia is a wonderful village where you can find the most gorgeous viewpoints, such as Oia Castle.

Furthermore, there are gorgeous blue domes and lovely shops.

Oia is definitely a must-see when you're on the island! It's is also the most popular place to take photos on Santorini.

Other great villages are Fira and Imerovigli.

Fira is the capital of the island. In Fira, you can find many great shops. Furthermore, it's also a place where many buses to other parts of Santorini leave.

Imerovigli is a wonderful village where you can also find great viewpoints.

Save this post to Pinterest if you like it!

3 months in Europe itinerary Pinterest image

Blog comments (0)

Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published.

If we had 3 months in Europe this is where we would go! [3 Month Itinerary]

Algarve Burgau Portugal

Europe how we love you! If you’re reading this, you’re likely considering a longer Europe adventure, and we are so happy for you! After completing 6 months full time travel in Europe, and multiple other trips to various regions in the continent, we are uniquely qualified to give a little advice, and a few suggestions! We urge you to do lots of research, including reading blogs like ours, before you start planning you adventures. Take a look below at some recommendations, where we would head if we visited Europe for 3 months, and a few proposed itineraries for you to check out!

Victoria street edinburgh old town

A few things to consider when travelling for 3 months (or more)

3 months isn’t as long as you think.. don’t try and fit everything in! Yes, 3 months seems like a lot, and it is! However, Europe is enormous, and despite the temptation of trying to tick off every one of your ideal destinations, we urge you to slow it down a little and re-assess. We travelled Europe for 6 months, and despite visiting 25 countries, we didn’t even get close to seeing everything, or ticking off all places we were keen to visit (Malta we will return for you!). Therefore, we urge you to pick your standouts, work out where you definitely want to visit, and spend some time in these locations.

Fast & Slow travel: Leading on from the last point, some destinations you may skip through quicker, but definitely we urge you to slow down in others. Not only will this help you refresh and enjoy it more, you physically cant keep going country-to-country every few days. We put a little piece together on Slow vs Fast travel if you want to read a little more on this area.

Head to a variety of different locations . Don’t spend your entire 3 months in big cities. However, spending the whole trip on the beach is likely too much as well. We would recommend striking a balance. Definitely include some big cities full of history, culture and good food (see our favourites below). We also strongly encourage you to check out the smaller towns as the often give a more authentic and often picturesque experience. And depending on your preferences, head out into nature, whether it be beachside, or hiking, or lakeside. There’s so much in Europe and we recommend you sample a complete range!

Step away from the conventional tourist paths for awhile. The ‘big ticket items’ (e.g. Italy, France etc) are popular for a reason, they are often spectacular. However, underrated countries and destinations are often just as impressive, and come with far less cost and fewer tourists. We definitely think it’s worth considering.

Do lots of research! Well done, you’re already on the way with this point by reading this blog! There’s so much great information out there, and the more you research the better you can plan your dream 3 month trip!

Where we would travel if we were heading to Europe for 3 months

If we were in your shoes, planning a dream 3+ month holiday, these are some of the countries and regions we would lock straight into our travel itinerary.

It’s a no-brainer. Italy is one of the best countries in all of Europe (and the world) to visit! Filled with amazing food, stunning big cities, so many inland and coastal towns, and lots of impressive beaches. Despite the popularity, there’s still many places to see that are a little away from the busy crowds. Don’t think twice, plan to head to Italy. Breaking down where to visit in Italy becomes a little more of a challenge. To give you some inspiration, we urge you to consider the following locations:

  • Puglia: see why we loved this underrated coastal region!
  • Tuscany: see our road trip through this amazing region!

3 month europe travel itinerary italy

The stunning country of Croatia is a true gem and definitely somewhere you should look to visit, especially during warmer summer months and shoulder seasons! Boasting some of the best beaches in the world, a crazy amount of incredible islands to explore, and lots of wonderful seaside towns, Croatia is a must visit! See some of the locations in Croatia that we loved!

  • Croatian Islands: our favourite island is Vis!
  • Makarska: this beachside town is bursting with reasons to visit!
  • Dubrovnik: despite the tourist ‘hype’, it’s worth visiting!

dubrovnik croatia europe 3 month travel itinerary

Switzerland:

Ah Switzerland, your beauty is boundless! Our visit to this stunning country was punctuated with family moments (Tess’s Swiss-Italian family), incredible views, great hikes and cute towns to explore. We urge you to visit the many mountainous and lake regions, where postcard views will be at every turn. Don’t miss:

  • Jungfrau: see our guide to the region!
  • Oeschinensee: one of the most beautiful natural regions we have ever seen!

Interlarken Lauterbrunnen things to do jungfrau

Portugal may well be our favourite country in Europe, or at least a close second to Italy. We loved the cities, beaches and smaller towns, but even more so enjoy the positive and welcoming nature of the locals. The food was excellent, and there was so, so much to see and do. If you’re heading to Europe, definitely consider Portugal on your ‘hit list’ of places to check out. We urge you to visit:

  • Lisbon: our pick of things to do in Lisbon!
  • Porto: our snapshot of Porto!
  • Algarve: the impressive Portuguese beachside region

Porto Igreja do Carmo portugal

The Balkans:

This region in the central-east of Europe is truly a hidden gem filled with so many amazing places to explore. While Croatia (listed above) is part of the Balkans, there are many more amazing countries like Slovenia, Albania, Montenegro, Bosnia, Romania and more! You could easily spend a month or 2 just in this region, so we’d strongly urge you to consider adding the Balkans into your Europe trip. Take a look at our guide to the Balkans here.

Mostar bosnia old bridge

And don’t miss..

There’s so many more amazing locations which we will include below, including cities like Copenhagen, Prague, Budapest and Edinburgh, along with amazing small towns and regions like south of France, Lake Bled, Albanian Riviera and more!

3 month Europe travel itineraries:

The planning is always a strange mix of extreme excitement and wanderlust, mixed with stress and ‘fear of missing out’. However, as discussed above, we urge you to not try and ‘fit everything in’, and choose a few key areas and regions to visit! Additionally, we also recommend a mix of coastal, big cities and smaller towns/regions. We have put together a few sample itineraries that we think cover off all the regions we love, and give you a wonderful mix of different locations. These can be copied exactly, but are more designed to give you inspiration for you 3 month travel planning.

Option 1: Switzerland, Italy & the Balkans

This itinerary covers of so many of our favourite places, particularly Switzerland, Italy and the Balkans! Start in the Swiss capital of Zurich , make your way down to the stunning Jungfrau region , before heading to one of our favourite countries, Italy ! Spend up to a month in Italy covering off Tuscany, Rome, Puglia and Venice, before a pit stop in Lake Bled on the way to another of our favourite countries, Croatia ! Head along the coast, to some of the islands, and a pit stop to Mostar on your way to Dubrovnik . After Dubrovnik, don’t miss Kotor in Montenegro, before flying across to check out the booming Albanian Riviera. Head further off the tourist path with Lake Ohrid, Sofia, and Transylvania (Romania). Finish your amazing trip visiting 2 of our top big cities in Budapest and Prague !

  • Switzerland: 1-2 weeks
  • Italy 3-4 weeks
  • Lake Bled 3 days
  • Croatia 2-3 weeks
  • Mostar 1-2 days
  • Kotor 3-4 days
  • Albanian Riviera 7 days
  • Lake Ohrid 3-5 days
  • Skopje 1 day
  • Sofia 2 days
  • Romania 5-7 days
  • Budapest 2-3 days
  • Prague 2-4 days

europe itinerary italy switzerland balkans 3 month europe

Option 2: Portugal, Spain, Sth France, Italy & Croatia

This is another amazing option to visit some of our few favourite European locations, including Portugal, southern Spain and France, Switzerland, Lake Bled and Sicily! Start you travels in one of the best countries around, Portugal ! Work down from Porto, Lisbon and the Algarve, before heading to the Andalusian region of Spain . A pit stop in Barcelona takes you through to the beautiful south of France . Don’t miss Avignon and Gordes! Head across to the Jungfrau region of Switzerland, and then make your way to northern Italy. We recommended Lake Garda over Como, and pit stop in Venice before stopping at the gorgeous Lake Bled ! Head down to the underrated Sicily in Italy to finish you adventures with great food, beaches and culture!

  • Portugal: 1-2 weeks
  • South Spain: 1 week
  • Barcelona: 3 days
  • South France: 1 week
  • Switzerland: 1 week
  • Northern Italy: 1 week
  • Lake Bled: 2-3 days
  • Southern Italy: 1-2 weeks

3 month europe itinerary Portugal, Spain, Sth France, Italy Croatia

Option 3: Northern Europe

Start in one of our favourite cities in Europe, Edinburgh . Spend at least 3 days here, and try to get up to the Scottish Highlands if you can. Make your way down to London stopping at the historic towns of York and Cambridge. London has so much to offer, but could easily be sampled in a few days, or spend a longer timeframe and see so much more. Catch a train from London to Brussels , then check out some of the other smaller Belgian towns, with Bruges top of our list. Make your up to Leiden which we consider a ‘mini Amsterdam’ and is a great base to stay and visit the nearby Amsterdam . From the Netherlands, make your up to Copenhagen stopping a few times in Northern Germany . When at Copenhage n, stay at least 3 days in one of our favourite cities in Europe! Consider day trips the the Swiss town of Malmo by train (approximately 45minutes) or the fishing village of Hornbaek (1-2 hours via train). Tick off some of the top big cities in Europe with Berlin, Prague and Munich before slowing down a bit in the Jungfrau Region and lake region of Switzerland. We then encourage you to either finish your trip in 2 of our favourite countries, Italy or Croatia !

  • Edinburgh: 3-4 days
  • Scottish Highlands: 2-3 days
  • York: 1-2 days
  • Cambridge: 1-2 days
  • London: 3-7 days
  • Brussels: 2 days
  • Bruges: 1-2 days
  • Leiden: 1-2 days (or stay here for Amsterdam)
  • Amsterdam: 1-3 days (pending if you stay Leiden or Amsterdam)
  • Dusseldorf/Dortmund: 1-4 days
  • Hamburg: 1-3 days
  • Copenhagen: 3-5 days
  • Hornbaek: 1-2 days (or day trip)
  • Malmo: 1 day (or day trip)
  • Berlin: 2-4 days
  • Prague: 2-4 days
  • Munich: 2-4 days
  • Choose Italy or Croatia to finish your trip for 1-2 weeks

northern europe 3 month europe proposed travel itinerary

These are only example travel itineraries put together to spark inspiration and excitement! We have visited most of these locations, and have literally 100s of guides available on our blog. We have also put together some recommendations to help you travel. A few top options include our complete Europe Travel Guide and our Favourite Accommodation in Europe !

Enjoying our posts & advice? Subscribe to our blog!

Jump your email into the list below. We won’t spam you! It’ll just keep you updated whenever we post another travel-related adventure, memory or tid-bid!

WANT TO SEE MORE food recommendations & TRAVEL MEMORIES?

The best accommodation from our travels (so far)
Our Europe travel guide for 2023
Our guide to the Best Coffee’s in Europe!

See more posts and content about food from our travels!

Check out further highlights from our time in the Europe! Take a look!

Note: this post contains affiliate links. This means that if you purchase or book anything using these links, we get a small percentage of the sale,  at not extra expense to you . This helps us to run the site.

Tags: 3 months , Europe , guide , itinerary

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Related posts:

oeschinensee oeschinen lake switzerland jungfrau

Travelling for 6 months? Here’s 5 things to consider before you go!

This little guide looks to give insight into a few of the things you might need to consider if you

santorini greek island bucket list europe should i visit

Our 2024 guide to Europe! Tips, hidden gems, guides & more!

Europe.. you’re iconic, beautiful, enchanting, full of culture, and you keep us coming back! There’s a reason Europe is number

Follow on Instagram:

europe trip 3 months

  • Get in touch
  • Instagram @2cupsoftravel

Buy Me a Coffee

3 Months in Europe Itinerary: How to Spend 90 Days Traveling Around Europe

Many travelers dream of a 3-month trip to Europe to experience the richness of the continent’s cultures, history, and landscapes. To tour Europe’s best places, discover the most interesting sights, taste the finest cuisine, and enjoy unforgettable experiences on an extended trip.

The magic of Europe lies in its diversity. Each region has its own unique charm, from the cosmopolitan cities of London and Paris to the sunny shores of the Adriatic. Whether you’re a history enthusiast who loves to wander among ancient ruins, a food lover ready for a culinary treat, or a nature lover looking for adventure in the great outdoors, Europe has something for everyone.

That’s why we’ve put together a 3-month, or 90-day, itinerary for Europe, covering X countries, Y cities, and countless sights. It’s a comprehensive itinerary that takes you around Europe’s most famous places to the most remote gems, and a lot of what we, the locals, know.

Traveling around Europe in three months will give you the chance to dive deep into Europe’s best places, discover hidden treasures, and learn a lot about Europe and its people. With careful planning and a sense of adventure, this itinerary promises an unforgettable journey through one of the world’s most magical continents.

So let’s see how we think it’s worth spending 90 days traveling around Europe. First, we’ll look at the issues involved in such a long journey, and then we’ll detail the itinerary from destination to destination.

europe trip 3 months

General questions about a 3-month European trip

Organizing a three-month Europe trip isn’t easy. So, to help you plan, we’ve put together a short list of questions to answer the most frequently asked ones.

The answers to these questions will largely depend on whether you’re traveling from Europe or another continent, but we try to take them into account.

Why is the travel plan for 3 months?

We made a 3-month travel plan because most tourists from other continents, as well as some other European countries, get a 90-day visa for the Schengen Zone. So, if you don’t live in one of the Schengen Zone countries, you have 90 days (every six months) to travel around Europe.

How to plan a 90-day trip to Europe

  • Set goals: Determine your travel objectives and must-see destinations.
  • Choose destinations: Research and select countries and cities based on interests and preferences.
  • Budget: Estimate costs for transportation, accommodation, food, and activities.
  • Plan itinerary: Create a flexible schedule with approximate dates and activities for each location.
  • Book transportation: Arrange flights, car rental, trains, or other modes of transportation in advance to secure the best deals.
  • Arrange accommodation: Book accommodations such as hotels, hostels, or vacation rentals for each destination.
  • Prepare documents: Ensure your passport is valid and check visa requirements for each country you plan to visit.
  • Pack wisely: Pack according to the weather and activities planned for each destination, and don’t forget essentials like travel adapters and medications.
  • Stay safe: Research safety tips and health guidelines for the places you’ll be visiting, and stay informed about any travel advisories.
  • Enjoy: Embrace new experiences, immerse yourself in different cultures, and make the most of your 90-day European adventure!

Best time to visit Europe for 3 months

We think the best time to visit, according to our itinerary, is late spring to early summer, and maybe also consider late summer to early fall. So, the best time to visit is from mid-April to mid-June.

Additionally, the period between August and October may also be good, but some adjustments may be needed in the itinerary (prioritize cooler destinations and save Southern Europe for the end).

Is it possible to visit all the best of Europe in 3 months?

We don’t think so, Europe is too big for that. Geographically, there are 44 countries in Europe, which means if you think about it, with a 90-day trip, you’d only have two days in each country. Clearly, that’s not enough time.

However, in 90 days, you can still see the must-visit places in Europe that most tourists are curious about. It’s not all the best places, but it’s close to it.

What to consider if you are not European

If you’re not European, there are a few things to consider when planning a three-month European tour:

  • First, you’ll need to check visa requirements for the countries you plan to visit, as they can vary depending on your nationality.
  • Additionally, consider factors like currency exchange rates, language barriers, and cultural differences as you navigate through different countries.
  • It’s also essential to have travel insurance to cover any unexpected emergencies during your trip.
  • Lastly, familiarize yourself with transportation options, such as trains, buses, or budget airlines, to efficiently travel between destinations.

Costs of a visit to Europe for 3 months

It may sound like a cliché, but in Europe, you can spend as much as you want in three months. You can manage your trip as a backpacker, staying in hostels with shared bathrooms, traveling by train, eating cheap food from grocery stores, and visiting only a few attractions. Alternatively, you can splurge on luxury hotels, rent expensive cars, dine in fancy restaurants, and minimizing expenses on entrance fees to attractions.

Basically, you can expect to spend at least around €70 per person per day, but we would say the average costs are more like €150 per person per day.

This means, for a two-person trip, it’s about €12,000 to €30,000 for three months! So, we hope you’re financially prepared for one of the biggest trips of your life.

How to travel around so many places?

The basis of the itinerary is to establish “hub points” from where shorter trips are planned. For example, let’s take Barcelona as a hub point. You fly there, then it’s advisable to rent a car. Starting from Barcelona, you can explore the best of Spain and Portugal, then return to Barcelona and fly to the next hub.

Here are the hubs:

If you’re traveling with your own car, it’s simpler: just follow the cities in sequential order, but you don’t need to return to the hub points.

3 months in Europe itinerary: Detailed itinerary for 90 days in Europe

Now that we’ve answered the general questions, let’s dive into the detailed itinerary.

Summary of the 90-day trip:

Month 1: western europe and iberian peninsula.

Days 1-3: United Kingdom, London Days 4-6: France, Paris Days 7-10: Netherlands, Amsterdam Days 11-14: Spain, Barcelona Days 15-20: Spain, Andalusia: Granada, Malaga, Ronda and Seville Days 21-25: Portugal: Algarve, Lisbon, Sintra Days 26-28: Spain, Madrid Day 29: Return to Barcelona Day 30: Travel to Switzerland

Month 2: Western and Southern Europe

Days 31-34: Switzerland: Zurich, Lauterbrunnen, Zermatt, Geneva Days 35-40: South of France: Valensole, Marseille, Nice, Menton Days 41-48: Northern Italy: Cinque Terre, Venice, Milan Day 49: Return to Switzerland Day 50: Travel to Southern Italy Days 51-54: Italy, Rome Days 55-60: Naples and Amalfi Coast

Month 3: Central Europe and the Balkans

Days 61-63: Austria, Vienna Days 64-66: Czech Republic, Prague Days 67-70: Austria, Hallstatt Days 71-74: Slovenia: Soca Valley, Bled, Ljubljana Days 75-77: Croatia: Zagreb, Plitvice Lakes Day 78: Return to Vienna Days 79-81: Croatia, Dubrovnik Days 82-84: Montenegro: Kotor, Budva Days 85-89: Albania: Shkoder, Tirana, Durres Day 90: Return home

First month of the 3-month itinerary: Western and Southwest Europe

Day 1-3: uk, london.

The first stop on our 3-month itinerary is the renowned London. London has numerous flights, making it easily accessible and a must-visit destination for a European trip.

We’ve planned for 3 days in London, which is sufficient to explore the city’s most popular attractions.

The absolute must-visit places in London include:

  • Big Ben and Parliament: Start your journey with London’s iconic landmarks.
  • London Eye: Enjoy panoramic views of the city skyline.
  • Buckingham Palace: Witness the Changing of the Guard ceremony.
  • Tower of London: Explore its rich history and the Crown Jewels.
  • Thames River: Stroll along and enjoy views of the London Eye and Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre.
  • British Museum: Discover the extensive collection of artifacts from around the world.
  • South Bank: Explore cultural venues such as the Tate Modern and Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre.

europe trip 3 months

Day 4-6: France, Paris

Next on our 3-month itinerary is the enchanting Paris. Paris is easily accessible by various transportation modes and is a must-visit destination for any European trip.

We’ve allocated 3 days in Paris, allowing you to immerse yourself in the city’s timeless charm and iconic landmarks.

Here are some must-visit places in Paris:

  • Eiffel Tower: Start your Parisian adventure with a visit to the iconic Eiffel Tower for breathtaking views of the city.
  • Louvre Museum: Explore one of the world’s largest and most famous art museums, home to thousands of priceless works of art, including the Mona Lisa.
  • Notre-Dame Cathedral: Admire the stunning Gothic architecture of this historic cathedral, which has stood as a symbol of Paris for centuries.
  • Montmartre: Wander through the charming streets of Montmartre, known for its artistic history, bustling cafĂ©s, and the beautiful SacrĂ©-CƓur Basilica.
  • Seine River Cruise: Relax and enjoy a scenic cruise along the Seine River, passing by iconic landmarks such as the Louvre, Notre-Dame, and the MusĂ©e d’Orsay.
  • Champs-ÉlysĂ©es: Take a leisurely stroll down Paris’s most famous avenue, lined with shops, cafĂ©s, and theaters, and culminating at the majestic Arc de Triomphe.
  • Versailles Palace: Venture outside the city to visit the opulent Palace of Versailles, a UNESCO World Heritage Site known for its magnificent architecture, stunning gardens, and rich history.

europe trip 3 months

Day 7-10: Netherlands, Amsterdam

Continuing our 3-month trip, the picturesque Amsterdam is our next destination. Amsterdam is a city of canals, cultural richness, and vibrant energy, making it a must-visit during your European adventure.

We’ve planned 4 days in the Netherlands to ensure you have ample time to explore its unique charm.

Here are some highlights of your stay:

  • Canal Cruise: Immerse yourself in the beauty of Amsterdam’s iconic canals with a relaxing canal cruise, offering views of historic architecture and picturesque streets.
  • Van Gogh Museum: Delve into the world of art at the Van Gogh Museum, home to an extensive collection of works by the legendary painter Vincent van Gogh.
  • Rijksmuseum: Discover Dutch art and history at the Rijksmuseum, showcasing masterpieces from the Golden Age, including Rembrandt’s “The Night Watch.”
  • Anne Frank House: Gain insight into history at the Anne Frank House, where you can explore the secret annex where Anne Frank and her family hid during World War II.

europe trip 3 months

Additionally, some day trip destinations in the Netherlands:

  • Giethoorn: Venture to Giethoorn, a charming village known as the “Venice of the North,” where you can enjoy a peaceful boat ride through its tranquil waterways.
  • Zaanse Schans: Experience the charm of Zaanse Schans, an open-air museum with historic windmills, traditional Dutch houses, and artisanal workshops.
  • Keukenhof: Depending on the season, consider visiting Keukenhof, the famous Dutch flower garden, especially during spring when vibrant tulip fields are in full bloom.

europe trip 3 months

Day 11-14: Spain, Barcelona

In Barcelona, our journey takes us to a vibrant city renowned for its stunning architecture, rich history, and lively atmosphere. With 3 days planned in Barcelona, you’ll have time to explore its many treasures.

The main highlights of Barcelona:

  • Sagrada FamĂ­lia: Begin your Barcelona adventure with a visit to the iconic Sagrada FamĂ­lia, Antoni GaudĂ­’s masterpiece and a symbol of the city. Explore its fascinating interior.
  • Park GĂŒell: Explore the whimsical world of Park GĂŒell, another one of GaudĂ­’s creations. Wander through its colorful gardens, admire the mosaic-covered structures, and enjoy panoramic views of the city.
  • La Rambla: Take a stroll down La Rambla, Barcelona’s most famous boulevard, lined with shops, cafĂ©s, and street performers. Be sure to visit La Boqueria market to sample some local delicacies.
  • Barceloneta Beach: Relax and unwind at Barceloneta Beach, the city’s most popular seaside destination.
  • Gothic Quarter: Take a walk in the medieval streets of the Gothic Quarter, Barcelona’s historic heart.
  • MontjuĂŻc: Explore MontjuĂŻc, a hill overlooking the city with panoramic views and a wealth of attractions. Visit MontjuĂŻc Castle, stroll through the lush gardens, and take a cable car ride for breathtaking vistas.

europe trip 3 months

If you want to see the countryside:

  • Montserrat: Venture outside the city to Montserrat, a spectacular mountain range home to a Benedictine monastery and breathtaking natural scenery. Take a scenic train ride up the mountain, hike to panoramic viewpoints, and marvel at the monastery’s ornate basilica.

Barcelona’s dynamic energy, architectural wonders, and cultural riches make it a truly unique destination. Get ready to fall in love with this enchanting city and all it has to offer.

europe trip 3 months

Day 15-20: Spain, Andalusia

In Andalusia, our journey continues through a region known for its Moorish architecture, vibrant culture, and stunning landscapes. With 5 days to explore Granada, Malaga, Ronda, and Seville, you’ll have the opportunity to experience the rich tapestry of Andalusian history and traditions. Here’s a more comprehensive itinerary:

Day 15-16: Granada

  • Alhambra Palace: Explore the iconic Moorish palace, including the Nasrid Palaces, Generalife Gardens, and Alcazaba Fortress.
  • AlbayzĂ­n Quarter: Wander through the historic neighborhood’s narrow streets, visit Mirador de San NicolĂĄs for panoramic views, and explore the labyrinthine Sacromonte district.
  • Granada Cathedral: Marvel at the grandeur of the cathedral and visit the Royal Chapel.

europe trip 3 months

Day 17: Malaga

  • Malaga Cathedral: Admire the stunning architecture of the cathedral and explore its interior.
  • Alcazaba Fortress: Discover the Moorish fortress and enjoy panoramic views of the city and the Mediterranean Sea.
  • Picasso Museum: Learn about the life and work of Pablo Picasso in his birthplace and explore the museum’s extensive collection of his artwork.

europe trip 3 months

Day 18: Ronda

  • Puente Nuevo: Cross the iconic bridge spanning the El Tajo gorge and explore the old town, including Plaza de España and Plaza de Toros.
  • Jardines de Cuenca: Enjoy a leisurely stroll in the picturesque gardens overlooking the cliffs and valleys surrounding Ronda.

europe trip 3 months

Day 19-20: Seville

  • Plaza de España: Admire the iconic square’s architecture, take a boat ride on the canal, and explore the nearby Maria Luisa Park.
  • Real AlcĂĄzar: Explore the stunning royal palace, including the Mudejar Palace, Patio de las Doncellas, and lush gardens.
  • Seville Cathedral: Marvel at the grandeur of the Gothic cathedral, climb the Giralda tower for panoramic views of the city, and visit the tomb of Christopher Columbus.
  • Metropol Parasol: Take a stroll along the Setas de Sevilla, the world’s largest wooden structure, and enjoy breathtaking views of the city from the rooftop terrace.
  • Triana District: Discover the vibrant neighborhood known for its ceramics, flamenco tradition, and lively markets.
  • Plaza de Toros de la Maestranza: Visit one of Spain’s oldest bullrings, take a guided tour of the arena and museum, and learn about the history and culture of bullfighting.
  • Torre del Oro: A historic watchtower overlooking the Guadalquivir River. Learn about its role in Seville’s maritime history and enjoy panoramic views from the top.

europe trip 3 months

This comprehensive itinerary allows you to immerse yourself in the history, culture, and beauty of Andalusia, providing great experiences in each city visited.

Day 21-25: Portugal

The next stop of our itinerary is Portugal. Portugal is also an unmissable destination if you’re planning a Europe road trip, so make sure you take the time to visit some of these places.

We planned 5 days in Portugal, due to time limitations only the must-see places can be visited in that time:

Day 21-22: Algarve

  • Praia da Marinha: Relax on the stunning shores of one of the Algarve’s most beautiful beaches, known for its golden cliffs and crystal-clear waters.
  • Benagil Sea Cave: Explore the mesmerizing sea caves and grottoes of Benagil, accessible by boat or kayak for a unique adventure.
  • Lagos Old Town: Wander through the charming streets of Lagos’ historic center, lined with colorful buildings, bustling markets, and quaint cafĂ©s.
  • Ponta da Piedade: Take in panoramic views of the rugged coastline and dramatic rock formations at this scenic lookout point.
  • Alvor Boardwalk: Stroll along the picturesque boardwalk that winds through the wetlands of Ria de Alvor Nature Reserve, home to diverse bird species and stunning views.

europe trip 3 months

Day 23-24: Lisbon

  • Cristo Rei Statue: Take in panoramic views of Lisbon and the Tagus River from the base of this towering monument, inspired by Rio de Janeiro’s Christ the Redeemer statue.
  • Tram 28: Ride the iconic yellow tram through the narrow streets of Alfama and beyond, offering a unique perspective of the city’s sights and sounds.
  • BelĂ©m Tower: Discover this iconic fortress overlooking the Tagus River, a symbol of Portugal’s Age of Discovery and a UNESCO World Heritage Site.
  • Miradouro da Senhora do Monte: Enjoy breathtaking views of Lisbon from this scenic viewpoint, offering a serene escape from the bustling city below.
  • Lisbon Cathedral: Visit the city’s oldest church.
  • Castelo de S. Jorge: Explore the ancient walls and towers of Lisbon’s hilltop castle, offering panoramic views of the city and the Tagus River.
  • Santa Justa Lift: Ride this historic elevator to the top for stunning views of Lisbon’s skyline and the scenic Baixa district below.

europe trip 3 months

Day 25: Day trip to Sintra

Don’t miss one of Portugal’s most popular destinations, Sintra, with its magical castles. Just a short drive from Lisbon, Sintra is an ideal day trip destination.

Best places to visit in Sintra:

  • Pena Palace: Explore the colorful turrets and whimsical architecture of this Romanticist castle, set amidst lush gardens and stunning vistas.
  • Quinta da Regaleira: Discover the mystical gardens and underground tunnels of this enchanting estate, known for its hidden symbolism and mysterious atmosphere.
  • Moorish Castle: Climb the ancient walls of this medieval fortress for panoramic views of Sintra’s rolling hills and coastline.

europe trip 3 months

Day 26-28: Spain, Madrid

After Portugal, the journey leads back to Spain, specifically to the capital, Madrid. With 3 days planned for Madrid, it’s essential to budget the time effectively.

Here are the top attractions in Madrid:

  • Royal Palace of Madrid: Explore the opulent rooms and lavish gardens of the Royal Palace, the official residence of the Spanish royal family.
  • Plaza Mayor: Wander through this historic square, surrounded by elegant arcades and adorned with statues, fountains, and bustling outdoor cafĂ©s.
  • Retiro Park: Relax in Madrid’s most famous park, known for its serene gardens, grand monuments, and picturesque lake, ideal for a leisurely boat ride.
  • Prado Museum: Immerse yourself in the world-renowned art collection of the Prado Museum, home to masterpieces by VelĂĄzquez, Goya, and El Greco.
  • Santiago BernabĂ©u Stadium: Go behind the scenes of Real Madrid’s legendary stadium with a tour, offering access to the trophy room, locker rooms, and pitchside.

europe trip 3 months

Day Trip to Segovia

If time allows, take a day trip to Segovia, a short drive from Madrid. Segovia boasts attractions like these:

  • Segovia Aqueduct: Take a day trip to Segovia to witness its stunning Roman aqueduct, an engineering marvel that has stood the test of time.
  • AlcĂĄzar of Segovia: Explore the AlcĂĄzar of Segovia, a medieval fortress with a fairytale-like appearance. Enjoy panoramic views of the surrounding landscape from its towers.
  • Segovia Cathedral: Conclude your day trip by visiting Segovia Cathedral, an impressive Gothic masterpiece with intricate architecture.

europe trip 3 months

Day 29: Spain, Barcelona

On the 29th day, head back to Barcelona, which serves as the hub for our Iberian Peninsula tour.

Along the way, you can stop for a half-day in Zaragoza.

Additionally, the route between Madrid and Barcelona offers many interesting landscapes.

europe trip 3 months

Day 30: Traveling to Switzerland

On Day 30, if you missed any sights in Barcelona, you can catch up on them on this day.

Over the next 30 days, we’ll be exploring different regions, so at the end of Day 30 or the beginning of Day 31, travel to the next hub.

Second month of the 3-month itinerary: Western and Southern Europe

More excitement and special places await you in the second month of this 3-month travel in Europe. Exploring Switzerland, the South of France and Italy. All three countries offer tourists unique experiences not to be missed when travelling in Europe. So let’s see the second month’s itinerary in detail.

Day 31-34: Switzerland

Our Swiss journey begins on the 31st day in Zurich, and we have planned a total of 4 days for Switzerland.

If you are traveling by your own car, arriving from Barcelona, you may need to make some small adjustments to the itinerary, but the destinations remain the same, only the order of visits changes.

Day 31: Zurich

Spend the 31st day exploring Zurich, which is Switzerland’s largest city. Zurich’s main attractions include:

Old Town Zurich

  • Wander through cobblestone streets and explore the historical parts of Zurich.
  • Take a stroll along the Limmat River and its bridges (RathausbrĂŒcke, MĂŒnsterbrĂŒcke, and QuaibrĂŒcke).
  • Visit the medieval GrossmĂŒnster church.
  • Walk on Bahnhofstrasse, known for its luxury shops.
  • Enjoy a wonderful riverside panorama from Lindenhof.

Lake Zurich

  • Experience peaceful walks or boat rides along the scenic Lake Zurich.
  • Explore parks like Arboretum Zurich and Chinagarten Zurich along the lake.
  • Rent a boat, pedal boat, or join a boat tour for a different perspective of the lake.

Uetliberg Lookout Tower

  • Enjoy stunning views of Zurich from the Uetliberg Lookout Tower, accessible by train or car.

europe trip 3 months

Day 32: Lauterbrunnen

The second day in Switzerland is dedicated to the famous Lauterbrunnen. Travel from Zurich to Lauterbrunnen, where you can spend a wonderful day exploring the picturesque town and its surroundings.

Highlights in and around Lauterbrunnen:

  • Lauterbrunnen Valley: Explore the picturesque valley surrounded by cliffs and meadows.
  • Staubbach Falls: See the majestic Staubbach Falls, one of Switzerland’s highest waterfalls.
  • Jungfraubahn: Embark on a journey aboard the Jungfraubahn, a train that takes you to the Jungfraujoch, the “Top of Europe,” offering breathtaking views of the Alps.

europe trip 3 months

Day 33: Matterhorn

Start your day by traveling to Zermatt, a charming mountain village nestled near the iconic Matterhorn peak. Spend the day exploring this picturesque destination and immersing yourself in its natural beauty.

Best things to do in Zermatt:

  • 5 Lakes Walk: A popular hiking trail for stunning Matterhorn views.
  • Along the trail: Have lunch at a cozy mountain hut.
  • Gornergrat Railway: Ride the Gornergrat Railway for panoramic views.

europe trip 3 months

Day 34: Lake Geneva

Day 34 of the 90-day Europe trip itinerary takes you to Lake Geneva, where you can explore the charming cities of Geneva and Lausanne.

In Lausanne:

  • Begin by visiting Lausanne Cathedral, a historic landmark.
  • Wander through the old town and explore attractions like Palais de Rumine and Pont BessiĂšres.
  • Enjoy panoramic views from Sauvabelin Tower.

europe trip 3 months

  • Discover Jardin Anglais, home to the famous Flower Clock.
  • Visit the impressive Geneva Water Fountain.
  • Explore Saint Peter’s Cathedral for stunning city and lake views.

Both Geneva and Lausanne offer unique experiences, making them must-visit destinations on a Swiss journey.

europe trip 3 months

Day 35-40: South of France

On Day 35, continue towards France. The destination is Provence and the French Riviera. It’s worth spending the next few days here to explore the area, as you can see world-famous attractions in the South of France.

The top attractions in the South of France include:

  • Provence lavender fields: Explore the stunning lavender fields of Provence, known for their vibrant purple hues and fragrant blooms, creating an amazing landscape.

europe trip 3 months

  • Verdon Gorge: Discover the Verdon Gorge, often called the “Grand Canyon of Europe,” with its breathtaking cliffs, turquoise waters, and opportunities for hiking, kayaking, and rock climbing.

europe trip 3 months

  • Marseille: Visit Marseille, France’s oldest city, known for its rich history, vibrant culture, and stunning seaside setting. Explore its historic Old Port, vibrant markets, and iconic landmarks like the Basilique Notre-Dame de la Garde.

europe trip 3 months

  • Calanques: Experience the Calanques, a series of stunning limestone cliffs and turquoise coves along the Mediterranean coast. Calanque d’en Vau is particularly renowned for its crystal-clear waters and breathtaking scenery.

europe trip 3 months

  • Nice: Enjoy the beauty of Nice, a charming coastal city known for its Promenade des Anglais, colorful Old Town, and vibrant streets.

europe trip 3 months

  • Menton: Discover Menton, a picturesque town nestled between the mountains and the sea, famous for its lemon festival, charming old town, and beautiful gardens, such as the Jardin Exotique Val Rahmeh.

Day 41-48: Northern Italy

Explore the charm of Northern Italy over the course of eight days, visiting Cinque Terre, Venice and Milan.

Day 41-43: Cinque Terre

  • Hike the scenic trails connecting the five colorful villages.
  • Find the most breathtaking photo spots in the Cinque Terre.
  • Relax on the beaches of the Cinque Terre villages.
  • Go on a boat trip to see the fabulous villages from a different angle.
  • Indulge in local cuisine and enjoy Ligurian wines.

europe trip 3 months

Day 44-46: Venice

  • Glide along the Grand Canal on a gondola ride.
  • Explore St. Mark’s Square, St. Mark’s Basilica, and the Doge’s Palace.
  • Wander through Venice’s enchanting neighborhoods and take a vaporetto to Murano and Burano.

europe trip 3 months

Day 47-48: Milan

Discover Milan, known for its fashion, art, and design:

  • Visit the impressive Duomo di Milano (Milan Cathedral), a stunning example of Gothic architecture.
  • Explore the historic Galleria Vittorio Emanuele II, one of the world’s oldest shopping malls.
  • Admire the imposing Castello Sforzesco (Sforza Castle), home to several museums and art collections.
  • Don’t miss the Arco della Pace (Arch of Peace), a neoclassical monument located in the historic city center.

europe trip 3 months

And if you have some extra time on the go, don’t miss these:

Day 49: back to switzerland.

On day 49, if you’ve rented a car in Switzerland, it’s time to travel back to Switzerland and from there take a flight or train to the next hub, Rome.

On the way from Milan to Zurich, you have the option of stopping at Lake Como, or possibly Lucerne, which are both wonderful places to stop.

If you have your own car, simply head south from northern Italy and enjoy the beauty of Tuscany before arriving at the next main destination, Rome.

Day 50: Traveling to the South of Italy

Day 50 is designed to get you from Zurich to Rome if you travel by public transport.

And if you travel by your own car, enjoy this extra day on the way to Rome.

Day 51-54: Rome

You arrive in Rome on day 50, so you can start your Rome adventure from day 51!

We planned 4 days in Rome, which is enough time to explore the city, see the main sights and enjoy the fantastic Italian food.

The best places to visit in Rome:

  • Colosseum: The most famous amphitheater of ancient Rome, where gladiator games and other events were held.
  • Roman Forum: The center of ancient Rome, where political, religious, and civic activities took place.
  • Vatican Museums: A rich collection of museums located in the Vatican, featuring artworks by Michelangelo and Raphael.
  • St. Peter’s Basilica: The most important basilica of the Catholic Church, adorned with works by Michelangelo and Bernini.
  • Trevi Fountain: An iconic baroque fountain in Rome, adorned with beautiful sculptures and decorations.
  • Pantheon: An ancient Roman temple, now used as a Christian church, famous for its impressive dome.
  • Piazza Navona: A beautiful baroque square in Rome, adorned with three fountains and the central statue of the Four Rivers.
  • Spanish Steps: One of the most famous and visited areas in Rome, featuring a large staircase and a small square.
  • Castel Sant’Angelo: A fortress and museum in Rome, located on the banks of the Tiber River, and one of the city’s iconic buildings.

europe trip 3 months

Day 55-59: Naples and Amalfi Coast

After spending 4 days in Rome, travel south to Naples. We have planned 5 days here to give you enough time to explore everything in this area:

  • Naples sights: Explore the vibrant city of Naples, known for its rich history, stunning architecture, and delicious cuisine.

europe trip 3 months

  • Excursion to Mount Vesuvius: Take a day trip to Mount Vesuvius, the infamous volcano that destroyed Pompeii and Herculaneum in 79 AD. Hike to the crater for panoramic views of the Bay of Naples.

europe trip 3 months

  • Pompeii: Visit the ancient city of Pompeii, a UNESCO World Heritage Site frozen in time by the eruption of Mount Vesuvius. Wander through the remarkably preserved ruins and learn about life in ancient Rome.

europe trip 3 months

  • Amalfi Coast: Explore the picturesque towns of Sorrento, Positano, and Amalfi along the stunning Amalfi Coast. Enjoy breathtaking views of the Mediterranean Sea, stroll along charming streets, and relax on beautiful beaches.

europe trip 3 months

  • Island of Capri: If you have extra time, spend a day on Capri, a real specialty in Italy.

Day 60: Traveling to Central Europe

On day 60, the trip through Italy ends and we visit new regions. The next month will be another interesting one, with a busy schedule. The destination will be Central Europe and then the Balkans.

Last month of the 3-month Europe travel itinerary: Central Europe and the Balkans

The first stop, or hub, of the 3rd month will be Vienna. This is because Vienna has the best infrastructure in Central Europe: its airport handles a huge amount of traffic, car rental is easy, and prices are relatively affordable. Although not as cheap a destination as Eastern Europe, in Vienna you are almost guaranteed to get decent quality and variety, whether it’s flying, renting a car, shopping, hotels, or dining.

Day 61-63: Vienna

So, spend the next 3 days in Vienna. 3 days will be enough to prepare for the last stops of the 3-month trip, and you’ll also have some time to explore the city.

Don’t miss the following in Vienna:

  • Schönbrunn Palace: Explore the magnificent Schönbrunn Palace, a UNESCO World Heritage Site known for its stunning Baroque architecture, beautiful gardens, and fascinating history.
  • St. Stephen’s Cathedral: Visit St. Stephen’s Cathedral, Vienna’s iconic symbol and one of the most important Gothic structures in Austria. Climb the tower for panoramic views of the city.
  • Belvedere Palace: Admire the grandeur of Belvedere Palace, home to an impressive collection of Austrian art. Don’t miss its beautiful gardens.
  • Hofburg Palace: Explore the Hofburg Palace, the former imperial palace of the Habsburg dynasty. Visit the Imperial Apartments, the Sisi Museum, and the Spanish Riding School.
  • Vienna Ring Road: Take a stroll along the Vienna Ring Road, a grand boulevard encircling the historic center. Admire the impressive architecture, including the Vienna State Opera, the Parliament Building, the Rathausplatz and the Museum of Art History.

europe trip 3 months

Day 64-66: Prague

On the 64th day, it’s worth traveling to other places. First, we highlight the neighboring Czech Republic, which is also worth a few days’ visit.

Begin your journey with the capital, Prague, and if you have time, explore the Czech countryside as well.

Prague’s main attractions:

  • Prague Castle: Explore the largest ancient castle in the world, offering stunning views of the city and housing historical buildings like St. Vitus Cathedral and the Old Royal Palace.
  • Charles Bridge: Walk across this iconic bridge adorned with Baroque statues, connecting the Old Town with the Lesser Town and offering beautiful views of the Vltava River and Prague Castle.
  • Old Town Square: Experience the charm of Prague’s historic center, featuring colorful buildings, the Astronomical Clock, and the Church of Our Lady before TĂœn.
  • Wenceslas Square: Discover this bustling square lined with shops, restaurants, and historical buildings, including the National Museum and the statue of Saint Wenceslas.
  • Jewish Quarter (Josefov): Explore the rich Jewish heritage of Prague through landmarks like the Old Jewish Cemetery, the Jewish Museum, and the Old-New Synagogue.

europe trip 3 months

In the countryside, visit these:

  • ČeskĂœ Krumlov: Explore this picturesque town known for its well-preserved medieval architecture, including ČeskĂœ Krumlov Castle and the charming Old Town.
  • Prachov Rocks: Discover the stunning rock formations and scenic hiking trails of Prachov Rocks, offering breathtaking views of the surrounding countryside.

europe trip 3 months

Day 67-70: Hallstatt

Traveling back from the Czech Republic, journey through the Austrian countryside, with the most important stop being the world-famous Hallstatt.

Hallstatt is a fairytale-like town nestled on the shores of Lake Hallstatt, deep in the wooded mountains of Austria. It would be a shame to miss it on a European itinerary, so we recommend spending some time here as well. In our itinerary, we allocate 4 days for Hallstatt.

In Hallstatt, we recommend the following activities:

  • Visit the famous salt mines and explore the city’s history and cultural heritage at the Salzwelten Museum.
  • Take a walk along the shores of Lake Hallstatt and enjoy the beautiful views of the lake and surrounding mountains.
  • Visit the Dachstein Mountains and marvel at the stunning panorama of the landscape below.
  • Take a boat tour on Lake Hallstatt and admire the picturesque surroundings of the town from the water.
  • Explore the charming streets of the town and try local specialties at traditional Austrian restaurants and cafĂ©s.

europe trip 3 months

If 4 days in Hallstatt is too much for you, we can recommend other great attractions in the area:

  • Gosauseen: An area consisting of 3 lakes, where you can enjoy nature, go hiking, take leisurely walks around the lakeshores, and savor delicious local cuisine at lakeside restaurants.
  • Salzburg: An excellent day trip destination. Discover the charming Old Town, explore historic landmarks such as Hohensalzburg Fortress and Mozart’s Birthplace, and indulge in the city’s cultural scene with concerts and performances.
  • Bavarian Alps: Visit the iconic Neuschwanstein Castle, known as the inspiration for Disney’s Cinderella Castle. Enjoy stunning views of the Eibsee lake or take a boat ride on the crystal-clear waters of Königssee , both surrounded by majestic mountains.

europe trip 3 months

Day 71-74: Slovenia

On the 71st day, continue your journey to the east, as there are plenty of sights waiting for you!

The first stop is Slovenia, which is only a few hours’ drive from Hallstatt.

In Slovenia, our itinerary includes the following: the Soca Valley, other attractions in the Triglav National Park, Bled, and Ljubljana. We have planned 4 days for all of these.

So, for the 4 days of sightseeing in Slovenia:

  • Soca Valley: Explore the breathtaking Soca Valley, which is one of our personal favorite places in Slovenia. Its main attractions include the Great Soca Gorge, Small Soca Gorge, Virje Waterfall, Kozjak Waterfall, and Tolmin Gorge. These will take approximately 1.5-2 days.
  • Lake Bled: The world-famous lake located in Triglav National Park is a must-see when traveling in Europe. Spend a day exploring Bled. Check out the best viewpoints around the lake, take a walk along the lake shore, and try the famous Bled cream cake. If you have more time, visit Bohinj, where you’ll find another stunning lake and the impressive Savica Waterfall.

europe trip 3 months

  • Ljubljana: Slovenia’s capital offers fewer attractions, but it’s worth spending half a day or a day exploring. Take a stroll in the old town, visit Ljubljana Castle, and get ready for the next few days, whether you need to do some shopping or just relax.

europe trip 3 months

Day 75-77: Croatia

On the 75th day, continue your journey to Croatia. Your first destination is the capital, Zagreb, and you can also take a day trip to the famous Plitvice Lakes.

Exploring Zagreb will likely take half a day to a full day, as there aren’t too many attractions. These include:

  • Upper Town: Explore the historic Upper Town, known for its charming streets and landmarks like St. Mark’s Church and Lotrscak Tower.
  • Zagreb Cathedral: Visit the iconic Zagreb Cathedral, a stunning Gothic landmark in the heart of the city.
  • Dolac Market: Experience the bustling Dolac Market, where you can sample local produce, snacks, and traditional crafts.
  • Tkalciceva Street: Stroll along Tkalciceva Street, lined with cafĂ©s, restaurants, and shops, offering a lively atmosphere day and night.

europe trip 3 months

Plitvice Lakes

On the 76th or 77th day, take a day trip to the Plitvice Lakes, which are about two hours away from Zagreb and one of Croatia’s main attractions.

Plitvice Lakes National Park is a UNESCO World Heritage Site renowned for its breathtaking natural beauty. With crystal-clear lakes, cascading waterfalls, and lush forests, it offers stunning scenery and opportunities for hiking and wildlife spotting. Visitors can explore a network of trails and boardwalks that wind through the park’s pristine landscapes, making it a must-visit destination in Croatia.

europe trip 3 months

Day 78: Back to Vienna

If you rented a car in Vienna, it’s a better choice on Day 78 to return the car to Vienna and fly again to explore more of the Balkans.

If you’re less interested in other parts of the Balkans, spend the remaining few days exploring Croatia.

If you travel by your own car, feel free to head southeast.

Day 79: Travelling to the Balkans

On Day 79, we arrive at the other side of Croatia, Dubrovnik. So, Dubrovnik serves as the final hub point.

Day 80-81: Croatia, Dubrovnik

Dubrovnik is one of Croatia’s most famous destinations, known for its beautiful old town, stunning panoramas, and its association with the Game of Thrones series.

Our itinerary allows for only 2 days in Dubrovnik, but this should be sufficient for exploring the city and its surroundings. You’ll have enough time to wander through the Old Town, visit the best viewpoints in the area, and enjoy the Croatian atmosphere.

Dubrovnik’s top attractions include:

  • City Walls: These ancient walls encircle Dubrovnik’s historic center, offering stunning views of the city and the Adriatic Sea.
  • Stradun: Dubrovnik’s main street, lined with shops, cafĂ©s, and historic buildings, is a bustling thoroughfare perfect for strolling and people-watching.
  • Dubrovnik Cathedral: Also known as the Cathedral of the Assumption of the Virgin Mary, this magnificent church features impressive architecture and artwork.
  • Rector’s Palace: Once the seat of the Dubrovnik Republic’s government, this grand palace now houses a museum showcasing the city’s rich history and culture.
  • Fort Lovrijenac: Perched on a rocky cliff overlooking the sea, this fortress offers breathtaking views and a glimpse into Dubrovnik’s defensive past.
  • Lokrum Island: A short boat ride from Dubrovnik, Lokrum Island is a natural paradise with lush vegetation, historic ruins, and scenic walking trails.
  • Mount Srđ: This mountain offers hiking trails and lookout points, providing some of the best views of Dubrovnik and the Adriatic Sea.

europe trip 3 months

Day 82-84: Montenegro

After Dubrovnik, head to neighboring Montenegro. Our first stop is the famous Bay of Kotor, where it’s worth spending some time exploring the area.

Day 82-83: Kotor Bay

The best places in the Bay of Kotor:

  • Herceg Novi: Explore its charming old town, relax on its beaches, and visit the Forte Mare fortress.
  • Perast and the two islands: Visit the charming town of Perast, boasting a stunning old town and breathtaking views. Take a boat trip to Our Lady of the Rocks and St. George islands, and enjoy the scenic views.
  • Kotor: Discover the historic Kotor Fortress for panoramic views, wander through the streets of the Old Town, and drive the winding road of the Kotor Serpentine for breathtaking landscapes.

Plan to spend at least 1.5-2 days visiting these sights to fully immerse yourself in the beauty and history of the Kotor Bay.

europe trip 3 months

Day 84: Budva, Sveti Stefan

Afterward, if time allows, continue to Budva, where it’s worth exploring the old town and relaxing on the city’s excellent beaches.

Also, don’t miss the unique Sveti Stefan, which is a picturesque island village connected to the mainland by a narrow causeway. It boasts charming stone houses, and stunning views of the Adriatic Sea.

europe trip 3 months

Due to time constraints, we could only fit this much into Montenegro. If you want to see more of Montenegro, read our article on the 5-day Montenegro tour, where you’ll find many more attractions to explore.

Day 85-89: Albania

On the 85th day, continue your journey to Albania, where we have planned the last few days of our 3-month itinerary.

Albania offers a unique blend of history, stunning landscapes, and vibrant culture.

  • Start by exploring ShkodĂ«r, home to the impressive Rozafa Castle, offering panoramic views of the city and surrounding mountains.

europe trip 3 months

  • Then, head to the bustling capital city of Tirana, where you can immerse yourself in its vibrant atmosphere, explore its colorful streets, and visit landmarks like Skanderbeg Square and the Et’hem Bey Mosque.

europe trip 3 months

  • After Tirana, make your way to the tranquil Bovilla Lake, nestled amidst the Albanian countryside, offering opportunities for relaxation and hiking.

europe trip 3 months

  • Next, visit the coastal city of DurrĂ«s, known for its ancient ruins, including the Old Town and its beautiful beaches.

europe trip 3 months

  • Finish your Albanian journey in the southern region, where you can unwind on the pristine beaches of Ksamil and Saranda, marvel at the natural wonder of the Blue Eye spring, and explore the rich cultural heritage of the region.

europe trip 3 months

Day 90: Return to home

After the Albanian visit, our 90-day European tour comes to an end. On the 90th day, conclude your journey by returning to Dubrovnik and flying home from there. Alternatively, if you travel by own car, begin your journey back home by road.

Places left out of the trip

While three months allow for extensive exploration across Europe, there are still many places left unseen. Here are some of the best destinations that didn’t make it into our 3-month itinerary:

  • Northern Europe
  • Italy: Dolomites, Tuscany and Sicily
  • Hungary: Budapest
  • Bosnia and Herzegovina: Mostar
  • Turkey: Istanbul

So, this was our 3-month itinerary, outlining how we believe it’s best to explore Europe’s top destinations.

After three months of experiencing the rich diversity of Europe’s landscapes, cultures, and attractions, you’ll likely return home tired but filled with memories.

From the bustling streets of Barcelona to the old town of Kotor, each day was filled with new discoveries and unforgettable moments. Whether you were wandering among ancient ruins, indulging in culinary delights, or marveling at the beauty of nature, Europe had something to offer every traveler.

Our 90-day route took you from vibrant metropolises to remote countryside, showcasing the continent’s diversity and richness. From the iconic landmarks of Paris and Rome to the hidden gems of Albania, you experienced the best Europe has to offer.

As you approach the end of your journey, we hope you’ll carry with you countless unforgettable memories. Whether it’s the taste of freshly baked croissants in Paris, the sound of waves crashing along the Dalmatian coast, or the sight of snow-capped peaks in the Swiss Alps, Europe has left an indelible mark.

And if you find yourself wanting to spend more time at any of the destinations mentioned, be sure to check out our other articles, as there’s plenty more to learn about European travel destinations!

europe trip 3 months

Related articles

europe trip 3 months

One Day in Kotor: How to Explore Kotor in a Single Day

europe trip 3 months

Top 15 Cheapest European Cities You Must Visit in 2024

europe trip 3 months

Best Beaches in Budva, Montenegro: Explore the Top 11 Beaches

europe trip 3 months

Kotor Fortress Hike: Complete Guide to St. John's Fortress

europe trip 3 months

5 Days in Montenegro: Montenegro Road Trip Itinerary

europe trip 3 months

7-day Austria itinerary: Explore Austria on a one-week road trip

Other popular destinations.

europe trip 3 months

Photo Gallery

Want to see more photos.

Check out our photo gallery, where you can find all our photos categorized by country. In the photo gallery you can see photos from 6 years of travel and more than 20 countries. Discover the most beautiful places in the world!

europe trip 3 months

fitz5onthego.com

3 Months in Europe Itinerary

Over 12 fabulous trip itineraries for exploring europe in 3 months.

Do you have a little free time on your hands?  Do you like to slow travel or cram in as many stops as possible? If so Europe makes a fabulous area to visit especially if you have the option of taking a little more time to explore.   There are so many wonderful choices for 3 months in Europe Itineraries.  

Why Europe for Extended travel?

Europe has everything a traveler could want:  beautiful landscapes, varied cultural experiences, history around every corner, fabulous architecture, generally easy public transportation, and wonderful social opportunities.  There is something in Europe for everyone including large cosmopolitan cities, post-card perfect mountains and amazing coast line.  Europe is a good choice for a quick 1-2 week focused trip but is better suited for longer stays.  The more popular areas are generally more expensive but lesser known (but just as pretty) countries can be budget friendly and more authentic.

So Why 3 Months?

Most of Europe is part of the Schengen zone.  What this mean is as Americans you can travel up to 3 months in the Schengen zone as a tourist.  Technically it’s 90 days of the last 180 days. Until recently you just brought your passport but 2020 and 2021 have changes with additional steps and you may need to get a Schengen visa.  If you want to slow travel in Europe longer then you will need to get a longer visa which can be difficult to get or you will need to go to a non-Schengen country until you can get back in.  Countries in Europe that are not part of the Schengen group include: UK (Scotland, Northern Ireland, England, Gibraltar), Ireland, Croatia, Romania, Bulgaria, Cyprus and a few others in the area.  Several have plans to joint the Schengen zone so always check the countries status and policies prior to travel.

Even with a full 3 months – regardless of the itinerary and area you choose, generally travelers will still feel that they were just able to get a taste of what Europe has to offer.  Consider slowing down and taking more of a slow travel lifestyle.  Instead of trying to see it all, consider picking an area to focus.  Please enjoy our group of 3 month trip itineraries in Europe to get you started planning the ultimate European 90 day trip.     

Like this article? but want to save it for later … it’s a long one.  If so then pin this …

europe trip 3 months

Central Europe

Central Europe is the area most people think of when starting to plan an European Vacation.  It’s one of the easiest areas to navigate and generally has fabulous transportation.  The area tends to have a larger tourist population which can be good if you’re new to travel and like the extra support but can also make things a little more crowded and a little less authentic.  Traveling through this part of Europe will be more expensive then other areas but you’ll be rewarded with fabulous experiences.

3 Months In Europe By Train

If you are someone who likes to travel at a relaxed pace and prefer to use public transport, this Grand Train Tour of Switzerland , Italy, Austria and Germany could be the ideal itinerary.

Using Europe’s excellent rail network, this three month itinerary highlights the best of Switzerland and northern Italy, and visits some interesting cities in Austria and Germany, as well as taking a side trip into France. The itinerary starts in Switzerland’s largest city, Zurich where you should spend a couple of nights before setting off on your adventure.  It is recommended that you spend at least five nights in most destinations. This gives you the opportunity to really explore your destination and take a couple of side trips to neighboring towns and attractions that interest you.

The beauty of this itinerary is that it offers you a mix of Switzerland’s breathtaking alpine landscapes, picturesque lakes, stunning architecture, bustling cities and charming villages. You’ll also experience a mix of languages, cultures and cuisines as you travel on this central European itinerary.

Europe by train

The Route for 3 months in Central Europe by Train:

Start in Zurich (2 nights) ->  Lucerne (5 nights) ->  Interlaken (7 nights) ->  Montreux (5 nights) ->  Geneva (2 nights) ->  Annecy (5 nights) ->  Annecy (via Geneva) to Zermatt (5 nights) ->  Lugano (5 nights) ->  Como (7 nights) ->  Milan (3 nights) ->  Verona (3 nights) ->  Bolzano (5 nights) ->  Innsbruck (5 nights) ->  Garmisch Partenkirchen (5 nights) ->  Munich (5 nights)  -> Nuremberg (3 nights) ->  Wurzburg (3 nights) ->  Stuttgart (3 nights) ->  Lindau (5 nights) ->  Lindau to Zurich to Schaffhausen (2 nights) ->  Zurich (2nights)

Contribution by Carolyn of Holidays to Switzerland

Best of Europe – Europe Road Trip by Car

With 3 months in Europe, there’s nothing better than going on a  European Road Trip  from Northwest Europe to Southeast and back. Driving by car and with a tent in the back of the car, stopping wherever it pleases you. This route has it all: castles, museums, old cities, stunning nature, culture and food.

Start the road trip in Germany. Hamburg, Frankfurt, Sinsheim and the Romantische Strasse are perfect stops in this country, Take 13 days for this part, and end with Neuschwanstein castle.

Cross the border at FĂŒssen with Austria. Austria is a beautiful country, explore the mountains here. Breitenwang, Volders, Zell am See and Obervellach are stops here, covering 11 days.

A usually forgotten country, Slovenia, just a transfer to Croatia. But this time take 10 days and stop at Dovje, Lake Bled, Ljubljana and Ptuj.

Start the tour in Croatia at Zagreb, then cover Plitvice Lakes, Knin and Dubrovnik. Taking no less than 11 days for this.

In Montenegro take 3 days for the beautiful old town of Kotor. From Montenegro go to Bosnia & Herzegovina for a visit to Mostar and Kravice Falls, take 4 days for this.

Continuing further down the Croatian coast with stops at Split, Zadar, Krk island and Pula. 8 Days should be enough.

Through Piran in Slovenia (3 days) cross the border with Italy for Trieste and the Dolomites, spending 5 days in Italy.

Then drive in 6 days through Switzerland, with stops at Sankt Moritz, Disentis and Wassen.

Then stop for 2 days in France, Luxembourg and Belgium. Visiting Colmar, Luxembourg-City and Dinant.

The last country is the Netherlands, stopping at Maastricht (3 days), Utrecht (2 days) and Amsterdam (3 days).

90 days in Europe Neuschwanstein castle

Trip Summary for the Best of Europe 90 day road trip

Austria:  Hamburg: 3 days (Speicherstadt, Miniatur Wunderland) ->  Frankfurt am Main: 3 days (Sightseeing cruise, Goethe House and Museum) ->   Sinsheim: 2 days (Auto- und Technik Museum) ->  Romantische Strasse: 5 days (Rothenburg ob der Tauber, Neuschwanstein castle)

Austria:  Breitenwang: 2 days (Plansee, Highline179) ->  Volders: 3 days (Innsbruck, Hiking in the mountains) ->  Zell am See: 3 days (Krimmler waterfalls, water sports ->  Obervellach: 3 days (National Park Hohe Tauern, Grossglockner Hochalpenstrasse)

Slovenia:  Dovje: 3 days (Vintgar gorge, Hiking in the Julian Alps) ->  Lake Bled: 2 days (Boat tour, Bohinj Lake) ->  Ljubljana: 3 days (Tromostovje, Ljubljanski grad) ->  Ptuj: 2 days (Ptuj castle, Terme Ptuj)

Croatia:  Zagreb: 2 days (St. Marcuschurch, Museum of Broken Relationships) ->  Plitvice Lakes National Park: 3 days (7 Hiking Routes, Veliki Slap ->   Knin: 2 days (Krka National Park, Knin Fortress) ->   Mlini: 4 days (Dubrovnik, beach)

Montenegro:    Kotor: 3 days (Old Town, City Walls)

Bosnia & Herzegovina :    Mostar: 2 days (Stari Most, Museum of War and Genocide) ->  MeĂ°ugorje: 2 days (Kravice Falls, Apparition Hill)

Croatia:   Split: 2 days (Diocletian’s Palace, Kasjuni Beach) ->   Zadar: 2 days (The Greeting to the Sun at Sunset, Museum of Ancient Glass) ->   Krk Island: 2 days (Krk town, Stara BaĆĄka) ->   Pula: 2 days (Arena, Brioni National Park)

Slovenia:    Piran: 3 days (Old Town, Koper)

Italy:   Trieste: 2 days (Castello Di Miramare, eating Italian Ice Cream) ->   Dolomites: 3 days (Hiking, Stelvio Pass)

Switzerland:   Sankt Moritz: 2 days (Watersports, biking) ->   Disentis: 2 days (Chur, Rheinequelle) ->   Wassen: 2 days (3 Passes tour, Rhone glacier)

France:   Colmar: 2 days (Old Town, Chateau Haut-KƓnigsbourg)

Luxembourg:    Luxembourg city: 2 days (Old Quarter, Grand Ducal Palace)

Belgium:     La Roche-en-Ardenne: 2 days (Kayaking, Dinant)

The Netherlands:   Maastricht: 3 days (Eating Kruisbessen schuim, Maastricht Underground) ->   Utrecht: 2 days (Speelklok museum, Rietveld huis) ->   Amsterdam: 3 days (Anne Frank huis, Canal boat ride)

Contributed by Cosette from KarsTravels

3 months in the Netherlands

The Netherlands is just a small country, but you can easily spend 3 months here without running out of things to do. It’s a country with a rich history, old cities, and 21 National Parks and during your time here you can get to know the Dutch culture as well as explore the diverse nature.

Are you a city person? Definitely include these three cities in your Netherlands itinerary:

  • Utrecht:  one of the oldest cities in the country and famous for the Dom Tower, historic buildings, and the Miffy Museum. Recommended time: 4 days.
  • Rotterdam:  one of the most important harbors in the world and the Dutch capital of modern architecture (as most historic buildings were lost during the WWII bombings). Recommended time: 3 days.
  • Zwolle:  a highly underrated city in Overijssel, where you can hop on a boat tour, climb the Peperbus and visit the Foundation Museum. Recommended time: 2 days.

Prefer Nature? Don’t skip these three beautiful spots:

  • The Hunebedden, Drenthe:  these ancient dolmens are prehistoric tombs constructed out of huge boulders. It remains a mystery how our ancestors constructed these imposing historic landmarks. Recommended time: 1 day at the Hunebedden but definitely spend at least a week exploring Drenthe.
  • De Waddeneilanden:  pick one of the five Waddeneilanden (or better yet, visit all five) and spend at least a week here. Go for long walks at the beach, rent a bicycle, and learn about the wildlife on the islands. Recommended time: at least 7 days, if you want to visit all islands give yourself 2 weeks minimum).
  • De Veluwe:  this is one of the Dutch National Parks and rightly so. It’s one of the best and most beautiful places to go hiking or cycling. During the summer months, it’s also one of the most popular areas of the Netherlands to go camping. Recommended time: 3 days, though if you love the outdoors you can easily spend a week or more enjoying the many trails.

It’s easy to get around by public transport in the Netherlands, there is an extensive network of trains, buses, trams, and boats (to the islands). Renting a car is also a good option, driving is easy and roads are in perfect condition.

Contribution thanks to Eschbach Consulting

90 days in the Netherlands

3 months in the UK and Ireland

United kingdom train trip itinerary (+ ireland).

It is possible to enjoy many of the most popular sights and attractions of the UK by train. This 3 month itinerary includes all the major cities plus some of the most scenic train routes across Britain.

Basing yourself in cities such as London, York, Liverpool and Edinburgh will enable you to take day trips by train to explore areas in close vicinity. It is also possible to book tours or take public transport such as buses for day trips.

Week 1 – London

I recommend spending at least a week in London to fully explore the city. This will give you time to see all the major landmarks, sights and attractions.

Week 2 – Bath

Travel to the beautiful city of Bath which you will use as your base for week 2. Explore the Cotswolds, Stonehenge and Salisbury by tour or train.

Week 3- Cornwall

Take the train to Bristol and change for a train to St Ives. This is a scenic train journey through the Devon and Cornish countryside and along the coast. Cornwall is best explored by car so I would recommend picking up a hire car so you have freedom to visit Cornwall’s beaches, seaside villages and beautiful countryside.

Week 4 – York

Take a train to York which will be your base for week 4. Explore the city – don’t miss the Minster, train museum and Medieval shopping street The Shambles.  

Week 5- Liverpool

Visit the home of the Beatles and take a tour of the childhood homes of Paul and John.

Week 6 – The Lake District

Head to Windermere and spend a week exploring the Lake District. A UNESCO World Heritage site the area has many lakes, tarns and hiking tracks to explore.

Week 7 – Edinburgh

The Scottish capital is one of the most popular cities for visitors to the UK and is the perfect base. Visit in August and enjoy the festival or visit at New Year for Hogmanay celebrations.  

Week 8 – Inverness

Explore Loch Ness. Catch a train to the Kyle of Lochalsh and bus over the bridge to Skye. Or hire a car and take the Scotland 500 road trip.  

Week 9 – London – Cardiff

Take the Caledonian Sleeper train from Inverness to London before hopping onto a train to the Welsh capital Cardiff. From Cardiff explore southern Wales including the Pembrokeshire Coast and Brecon Beacons.

Week 10 – Dublin & Northern Ireland

A train to Fishguard and a ferry to Dublin opens up Southern Ireland for week 10. Spend a few days in the city before heading nouth to explore Northern Ireland.

Week 11- Ireland

After a week exploring Northern Ireland head down to Cork before catching a ferry from Rosslare back to Pembroke in Wales.

Week 12 – London

The final week is once again spent in London. We recommend taking some day trips from the capital to explore Brighton, Cambridge, Windsor and other popular destinations easily explore on a  day trip from London by train.

Contribution from UK Travel Planning

3 months in the UK

90 days in the UK and Ireland Itinerary Summary

London -> Bath -> Cornwall -> York -> Liverpool -> The Lake District -> Edinburgh -> Inverness -> Cardiff -> Dublin -> Northern Ireland -> Ireland -> London

Want to add more Ireland to the trip?  Then check out our Ireland Family Travel Guide for more great stops.

3 months in Eastern Europe Itinerary

2022 – I’m keeping this itinerary in this article but please do your research prior to visiting any country near the Ukranaine conflict and invasion by Russia.

Eastern Europe is a great place to travel as it’s very cheap and easy  to get around with train and bus options easily available through most  of this part of Europe.  When visiting Belarus if you want to cross  the land borders you will need to get a visa before the trip,  otherwise you will need to fly in and out of Minsk.

Start your trip by flying into Warsaw, Poland and spend around 2 weeks  in Poland making sure you take time to visit Gdansk, Krakow and  Zakapone before heading across the border to Ukraine.

Take approximately 2 weeks to explore Ukraine, making sure to stop in  the very European city of Lviv which used to be part of Poland, the  seaside town of Odesa before travelling to Kiev the capital and taking  a 2 day tour of Chernboyl.

From Kiev you will visit Belarus.   Spend 2 weeks in Belarus  exploring the country, there are a few great days trips you can do  from Minsk and also make sure you visit Grodno and Brest.

From Belarus cross the border to Lithuania or fly depending on your  visa.  For this next part of the trip spend around 6 weeks visiting  these next 4 countries. Visit Vilnius the beautiful capital of  Lithuania where you can do a day trip to Trakai castle and also visit  Kaunas and Klaipeda.

From Lithuania travel north to Latvia where you will want to visit Riga , nearby Sigulda and if it’s summer make sure you take a trip to  the beach in Jurmala.

From Latvia you want to head north to Estonia to visit the university  town of Tartu and then onto the capital Tallinn a beautiful old city.

If you still have some days left on your trip then catch the ferry  across to Finland to visit Helsinki and Turku before the end of your  trip.

Contribution from Clare @ I Live for Travel

3 Months in Eastern Europe -Estonia

90 days in Eastern Europe Itinerary Summary

3 Month Road Trip through the Balkans

3 Months in the Balkins - Bosnia

Three months is the perfect amount of time to spend travelling the Balkans region. The nations that made up Yugoslavia – with the addition of Albania – are among the most interesting (and underrated) countries in Europe, making this a great choice for travelers who like to venture a bit left of center in search of culture, history and splendid landscapes.

This part of the continent is compact and made for exploring by car. Once you get a grip on the driving style (some countries are worse than others), you’ll find that roads are in good condition, fuel is affordable, and navigating is very straightforward.  An ideal Balkans road trip itinerary  is slow paced but shows you a good cross-section of the region, from the alps to the Adriatic Coast.

Focusing on the Western Balkans, start in Belgrade, Serbia where you can brush up on your history at one of many museums and memorials. A week in Northern Serbia would be well spent visiting the wineries and smaller cities of Novi Sad and Subotica. Next, drive into Croatia, stopping in Zagreb before heading to the Istrian coast to visit Rovinj and the Roman amphitheatre at Pula. Make your way south along the Dalmatian coast, soaking up the history in each Venetian port city.

A full month could easily be spent in Bosnia and Herzegovina , dividing your time between the capital, Sarajevo, Mostar, with its iconic Stari Most old bridge, and the small towns in the interior. Montenegro’s Bay of Kotor is a must for more charming old towns, while a boat trip on Skadar Lake – the biggest lake in the Balkans – shouldn’t be missed. Hike in Durmitor National Park then cross into Kosovo to spend a week in Prizren, the cultural capital, and Prishtina, the largest city.

In Albania, choose between the beaches on the Riviera or the beautiful old cities and fortresses of Berat and Gjirokaster before ending in North Macedonia, where more Roman ruins in Bitola and the beautiful Lake Ohrid await.

Contribution from Emily from Wander-Lush

Summary of 90 day Itinerary through the Balkans

How to spend 3 Months in Southern Europe

3 month Road Trip through Southern Europe Itinerary (Portugal, Spain, France, and Italy)

A trip through the south of Europe should be on everyone’s bucket list. The regions of countries like Portugal, Spain, France, and Italy that line the Mediterranean experience mild temperatures even throughout the winter and are a great way to spend 3 months in Europe. Visit during April-October for the best conditions.

Start the trip in Lisbon, the capital of Portugal. Take a couple of days to explore the cobblestone streets and delicious cuisine. Spending 4 days here is ideal, and if more time is an option, visit the fairytale hilltop town of Sintra. Rent a car here and drive to Lagos. The large white-sand beaches are the feature here.  

Drive across the border to Seville, one of the cultural highlights of Spain and drop the car here. Seeing a flamenco show is an absolute must. Then spend the next 4 days exploring the deep history and architectural marvels of the city.

Now take a 3-hour train to Granada, the home of the Alhambra palace complex. Granada is a very walkable city, so there is no need for transportation here. Make the hill climb to see the expansive Alhambra. One night here is enough, but two or more won’t be a disappointment.

Optional stops: Cordoba and Madrid

Take a train to Barcelona, home to the Sagrada Familia, Gaudi’s architectural beauty. Spend 4 days exploring the ancient parts of town and enjoying some of the best tapas in Spain.

Optional stops: Costa Brava, San Sebastian, Nimes, and Avignon

Now it’s time to head to the charming Provence region of France. Arrive by train to Aix-en-Provence. This small enchanting town comes alive daily with farmer’s markets and showcases beautiful marble fountains and facades. Spend 2-3 days here.

Optional stops: Marseille, St Tropez, Menton

Rent a car to make the picturesque journey to Nice along the southern coast of France. Enjoy a walk on the promenade and relax here for 2-3 days.

Board the train to Genoa, Italy, with an optional stop to see the opulence of Monaco. Spend only one night here. The remainder of the trip by train to Florence will take 4 hours. Feel right at home in the streets of Florence, by sitting out al fresco with a glass of Tuscan wine. People watch or visit the famous duomo. A visit to Florence wouldn’t be complete without seeing the Uffizi Gallery or Statue of David. Spend 4-5 days.

Optional stops: Cinque Terre, Piza and Venice

On the last leg of this ultimate 3-month European itinerary, stop for a couple of nights in the Tuscan village of Siena before making your final stop in the ancient city of Rome for five days.

Contributed by Haley of Haley Blackall Travel

Algarve Coast Portugal

3 Months in Southern Europe Itinerary Summary

3 Months in Spain and Portugal by Train  

While it’s impossible to see every single highlight of Spain and

Portugal in 3 months, visiting some of their biggest cities while also exploring their natural spaces and hidden gems (while mostly traveling by train) is very much possible. A week or two in each city is enough time to see what they have to offer and take day trips to explore their surroundings.

Starting with two weeks in  Barcelona , there’s plenty of time to enjoy this city, its hidden gems, and surroundings. Visit Gaudi’s architectural creations, take the funicular to Montjuic, explore the Gothic Quarter, visit the MACBA (Museum of Contemporary Art of Barcelona), and take day trips to Montserrat, Girona, and Figueres.

A train ride to the next stop,  Valencia , takes two hours and 40 minutes or three and a half hours, where one could spend a week. From its old town to the modern complex of the City of Arts and Sciences to day trips like Xativa and Sagunto, there’s a lot to see here.

Next, after a quick train ride,  stay in  Madrid  for two weeks. There are so many places to visit around it like Segovia, Toledo, Aranjuez, and Avila that one week for day trips and one laid-back week in the city are perfect.

Continue by train to one week in  Granada  and two weeks in  Seville , which are fantastic bases to explore the region of Andalucia. Don’t miss their amazing landmarks like the Alhambra and the Alcazar of Seville, but hire a car to admire some Andalucian white-washed villages or visit national parks and take easy day trips to Jaen, Cadiz, and Jerez de la Frontera.

Crossing to Portugal, a 3-hour bus ride gets from Seville to  Faro , a great one-week stop with fantastic beaches and a beautiful old town. It’s also possible to take day trips to the coastal Albufeira and Lagos.

Next, in one week in  Lisbon , you can see many of the city’s highlights like Sao Gorge Castle, Tower of Belem, and National Tile Museum, while also taking a couple of day trips to Sintra and Obidos.

A 2-hour train ride will take you to  Coimbra , a beautiful city known for its visit-worthy university, which is one of the oldest in Europe. After a couple of days in Coimbra, take easy day trips to Aveiro, Leiria, and the coastal Figueira da Foz.

Last but not least, one week in  Porto  is the ideal finish point to this itinerary. Spend a couple of days in Porto, have a quick hop to Gaia to sample some port wine, and take day trips to the Douro Valley and the cities of GuimarĂŁes, Viana do Castelo, and Braga.

By Or from My Path in the World 

The Plaza de Toros Ronda Spain

Itinerary for 3 months in Spain and Portugal Summary

Looking for more itineraries to plan your trip through Andalusia, Spain?   Please enjoy Fitz5onthego’s Article with 10 epic Itineraries for Andalusia, Spain.

europe trip 3 months

3 months Road trip along the Mediterranean Sea

Depart from Nice, France exploring the small towns of Antibes and Toulon. In Toulon, you can stop by to explore The Mourillon Beaches. However, there is not much to explore here. You can stay for one day and continue your trip towards Montpellier. Explore the history here and enjoy a stay for two days. On your way to Barcelona, you will find towns like Narbonne and Girona. You can stop by to grab something to eat. Reach Barcelona, Spain to explore its diversity. Explore the  best beaches in Southern Spain  like Marbella, Nova Icaria, and more. To explore the capital, you should stay here for a month. You can stay at Safestay Barcelona until the next departure. Start your drive to the next major stop, Seville. Stay here for about 25 days to explore beaches like Canos de Meca and others. There is a lot to explore here. You can enjoy a stay at IBIS Sevilla.

Continue your way to Portugal. You will meet some port cities in Spain like Huelva where you can stay for one day or two. Then take the route to Algarve, Portugal that has a lot to offer. It is known for Atlantic beaches and a lot of hotels, villas, and restaurants. You can explore Albufeira, Lagos, Portimao, Alvor and popular monuments. Stay here for about a month to explore all the little corners. You can book a stay here at Hotel Algarve Casino. Then make your way back to Nice which would take you about 21 hours by car.

Contribution thanks to Paulina from Visit Southern Spain

Algarve Coast

3 Months off the Beaten Path in Italy and Greece

A continent as diverse as Europe is ideal for slow travelling and long vacation. If you have three months to spend roaming around Europe, why not plan a trip to enjoy the most off-the-beaten-path parts of Italy and Greece, with a pinch of the Asian continent? A road trip across Italy, Greece and Turkey is one of the best ways to experience the multicultural layers of Europe.

Isthanbul

90 Days of Italy, Greece and Turkey Itinerary Summary

3 Months in Greece

Greece is blessed with numerous islands, and one of the most unique ways to experience this country and Europe is to spend a few months here, island-hopping. The best way to go about it is to fly to Athens and spend a few days here and get a glimpse into the food and culture. While you’re here the Acropolis is not to be missed. Once you’re ready, from the port of Piraeus, pick any destination to head to first. Some destinations that have a ferry leaving from Piraeus are Aegina, Chania, Adamantas, Heraklion to name a few. Another way to go about it is to fly to an island of your choice and then take a ferry/cruise/flight out of there to the next one. For many  Santorini  and Mykonos sit at the top of the list when it comes to visiting islands.

3 months in Greece

Backpacking around Italy in 3 months by public transport

Italy is a big country with many famous landmarks, cities, coastlines, and picturesque nature. One way to seek that beautiful country is by backpacking and with public transport. The whole country is well covered by trains and busses. Another alternative way to travel around Italy cheaply is using ridesharing apps like BlaBlaCar.

There are many places to visit, but when planning a backpacking trip to Italy , the preferred starting point would be in northern Italy – Venice. The local airport is connected with several direct flights and that would be the perfect place for drop-off. It takes a full day to discover Venice islands and cross hundreds of bridges.

After that, it’s time to set sights on Romeo and Juliet’s town in Verona and spend a day there. After Verona, a quick stop next to Lake Garda is also a must when being in that area. Recommended is to visit Sirmione, which is at the top of the narrow peninsula on the shore of Lake Garda. After a short train ride, it’s time to visit Milan. A fashion capital is discovered within two days.

It’s time to go further south to Genoa. There are many things to seek within two days. After Genoa starts the Italian Riviera road trip. Along the coastal line are several small charming towns to visit like Bogliasco, Camogli, Portofino, and Sestri Levante. It’s also recommended to do a small hike from Portofino to San Fruttuoso. The Italian Riviera road trip ends with a magical Cinque Terre. There are plenty of things to do and see and might take about three days to discover.

After days in Cinque Terre, take a quick picture with Pisa tower before heading to the city full of art – Florence. It’s a big city with several historical sights and buildings that it takes at least two days to wander around.

After long train rides it’s time to move on with the busses. Exploring a Tuscany region starts with the town of towers – San Gimignano. When going more south it’s recommended to visit several small towns and villages like Colle di Val d’Elsa, Monteriggioni, Siena, San Quirico d’Orcia. Also on the way in Bagni san Filippo is a great place to soak in thermal springs.

Another bus ride takes backpackers on the shore of Lake Bolsena to the village of Bolsena. After that, it is recommended to visit “the dying city” – Civita di Bagnoregio. A hilltop village which is in danger of being damaged by erosion. Another bus ride takes travelers to historic Viterbo.

From Viterbo, it is possible to use a train again to move into the capital Rome. It’s recommended to stay there and discover the city for at least 4 days. Following Rome comes the Italian cuisine capital – Naples. There are so many things to do and see in and around Naples. Like the islands Capri, Ischia, and Procida. Archaeological parks in Pompeii and Ercolano. Volcanic Mount Vesuvius. Finally a magical Amalfi Coast. There are several public transportation options by bus and boats to do day trips from Naples.

After that, it’s time to discover Basilicata’s hidden gems. Firstly, backpackers need to take a train to Potenza and from there continue their journey by bus. The first stop would be the scenic mountain village Castelmezzano. There is also one of the highest-speed zip lines in Europe. After that, it’s time to take another bus ride to ancient Matera.

After a couple of days in Matera, it’s time to explore the Puglia region. Firstly, set sights on Taranto and explore its old town which is located on a small island in the middle of the city. After that take a bus ride to the top of the heel to Santa Maria di Leuca. Puglia is a beautiful coastal area with several towns like Santa Cesarea Terme and Otranto.

After small cities, it’s time to discover Lecce, which has a charming old town. After that visit “the White City” Ostuni, then take a bus and explore Locorotondo, Alberobello, and Monopoli. From there it’s possible to move on by train to Polignano a Mare and the final destination Bari.

A lot of Italy can be discovered by public transportation, using for while ridesharing or even trying hitchhiking.

By Erki from Genem Travels

3 Months backpacking through Italy

3 Months Backpacking through Italy Itinerary Summary

3 Months in Italy by Car

There is but one place to spend 3 months in Europe and that is without a doubt Italy. The country has such a rich history, a wide variety of geography (from mountains to beaches) and the food is always good, even in the biggest tourist trap you will hard pressed to find a bad meal, it is a matter of national pride after all!

Start your time in the Dolomites and hike your heart out: Tre Cime, Segesta, Sorapis are but a handful of the beautiful hikes around the area. You will also want to make time to explore the many vineyards in the region and take a swim in the pristine lakes. Some of the  lakes in the Dolomites  even offer the opportunity to go rent a boat and go rowing (Lago di Braies, Lago Dobbiaco).

Next make your way down to Venice and explore the romantic canals. Reward yourself with a delicious local  ciccetti  and a refreshing Aperol Spritz. Your trip will take you through magical Tuscany with the city of Florence being a must, but equally so the little villages dotted around the countryside! Umbria is the little sister of Florence, less expensive and wonderfully authentic. Go back in time as you visit all the little villages perched up on the hills, overlooking the valleys.

Visiting Italy without seeing Rome would be a real pity. The city has so much to offer that one could easily spend three months in Rome alone. From Rome head down to the Amalfi Coast and find out the true meaning of La Dolce Vita. Time permitting you might want to add in Sicily to your itinerary. This island has the most pristine beaches in all of Italy and has its fair share of UNESCO world heritage sites including the best ancient Greek ruins outside of Greece.

Contribution from Caroline at veggiewayfarer

3 months in Italy

3 months in Italy by Car Summary Itinerary

europe trip 3 months

Related Posts

europe trip 3 months

Learning to Drive in Costa Rica

europe trip 3 months

In to the Mountains – 3 Valleys Family tour from Marrakesh Morocco to the Atlas Mountains

Your cart is currently empty!

A Guide to Backpacking in Europe for 3 Months

For our honeymoon, my husband and I went backpacking in Europe for 3 months. Here, I’m sharing all the details from our time in Europe, including things to do, what we packed and places to eat, particularly vegetarian restaurants. We’ve been back from Europe for 2 months now and I’m finally sharing all the details…

View of Graz

For our honeymoon, my husband and I went backpacking in Europe for 3 months. Here, I’m sharing all the details from our time in Europe, including things to do, what we packed and places to eat, particularly vegetarian restaurants.

View of Graz - Backpacking in Europe

We’ve been back from Europe for 2 months now and I’m finally sharing all the details from our experience. I compiled all of the guides I wrote along the way, plus some extra tips at the end.

As with all of my travel guides, I want to stress that I don’t live in Europe and I’m not an expert by any means. This is just my personal experience backpacking in Europe. I hope you’ll find it helpful in one way or another.

Our 3 Month Europe Itinerary:

  • 3 weeks in Lloret de Mar (Spain) + Day trips to Barcelona and Girona
  • 2 nights in Marseilles (France)
  • 3 nights in Antibes (France) + Day trips to Nice and Monaco
  • 1 night in Nice (France)
  • 1 night in La Spezia (Italy)
  • 3 nights in Florence (Italy) + Day trips to Pisa, Montepulciano and Siena
  • 1 night in Venice (Italy)
  • 1 night in Graz (Austria)
  • 3 nights in Vienna (Austria)
  • 3 nights in Salzburg (Austria) + Day trip to Hallstatt
  • 3 nights in Munich (Germany) + Visit to the Neuschwanstein Castle
  • 2 nights in Zurich (Switzerland)
  • 3 nights in Thun (Switzerland) + Day trips to Interlaken, Lauterbrunnen and Zermatt
  • 6 nights in Paris (France)
  • 1 month in London (UK) + Day trips in Cambridge, Bath, Oxford, Brighton, Ely and Dover
  • 3 nights in Edinburgh (UK)

Venice - Backpacking in Europe

Europe Travel Guides + Details from our Trip

Spain (september 30th – october 20th).

Our honeymoon started with a relaxing 3 weeks in Spain. We decided on a little city outside of Barcelona called Lloret de Mar. Why? Because we wanted something quiet, but relatively close to bigger cities. Basically, we just wanted to relax on the beach for a few weeks. From there, we did 2 days trips: One to Barcelona and one to Girona.

Below, you can find my Spain guides for every city we visited. These guides include things to do and the vegetarian meals and restaurants we enjoyed.

  • Barcelona Guide
  • Girona Guide
  • Lloret de Mar Guide

Barcelona streets

Southern France (October 20th – 25th)

On October 20th, we left Spain and made our way to the south of France. Our first stop was Marseille. Honestly, it wasn’t our favorite city (and some of you guys had told me the same). But I’m still happy we spent a day there.

After 2 nights in Marseille, we left for Antibes. We had an Airbnb there, which was our base for the next 3 nights as we explored the area. We spent one day in Antibes in the rain, one morning in Monaco and 2 days in Nice.

Our last night in southern France was spent in Nice. We were supposed to sleep in Italy and visit Cinque Terre the next day, but were unable to get there due to a train strike.

You can find more details on our time in Southern France below:

  • Southern France Guide

Marseille street

Italy (October 25th – 31th)

Italy was our next destination. We spent most of our time in the Tuscany region, including Pisa, Florence, Montepulciano and a short stop in Siena. We rented a car to travel at our own pace and it was great (though driving there was a bit scary).

On our way to Austria, we then stopped for one night in Venice. I won’t share a guide on Venice as we only spent a few hours exploring this beautiful city, but I did post some of my favorite photos in the post linked below.

  • Tuscany Guide
  • Venice Guide

tower of Pisa

Austria (October 31th – November 7th)

Austria was one of our favorite destinations. We visited a few cities, including Graz, Vienna, Salzburg and the small village of Hallstatt. From the beautiful cities to the snowy mountains… There’s something for everyone! You can find all the details from our time in Austria below:

  • Austria Guide

view of Salzburg

Germany (November 7th – 10th)

We only spent a few days in Germany and it’s certainly a place I want to revisit one day. We spent 3 nights in Munich and on our way to Switzerland, we stopped at the Neuschwanstein castle. As our stay in Germany was short, I didn’t write much of a travel guide. However, I did include a collection of photos with a few notes in the post linked below:

  • Munich + Neuschwanstein Castle

Germany apartment

Switzerland (November 10th – 15th)

We only stayed 5 nights in Switzerland, but we had an incredible time in this beautiful country.

We started with 2 nights in Zurich and only spent one full day exploring the city. We then left for our Airbnb near Thun. There, we stayed 3 nights on a farm with the most amazing view of the mountains. We mostly relaxed on the farm and spend one day in Interlaken and Lauterbrunnen, where we hiked and admired the mountains and waterfalls.

Finally, before leaving Switzerland, we did a quick stop in Zermatt, a ski town known for the Matterhorn. Find all the details from our stay in Switzerland below:

  • Switzerland Guide

Swiss Alps

Paris (November 15th – 21th)

After Switzerland, we made our way to Paris, where we stayed for 6 nights. We had an Airbnb in Meudon, a short transit ride away from the center of Paris. We spent our days exploring everything that Paris has to offer.

Our last full day in Paris, we took the train to Versailles to explore the Palace. Find all the details from our stay in Paris below:

  • Paris Guide

street in Paris

United Kingdom (November 21th – December 24th)

We stayed in the United Kingdom for 1 full month and it was one of the best experiences of my life. There’s so much to experience in this beautiful country.

We stayed in a small town called Sawbridgeworth for our entire time in England. It was a short 40 minute train ride to the center of London. Because we stayed outside of the city and we wanted to explore as much as we could in one month, we decided to purchase an England train pass. This pass allowed us to travel to London every day AND to visit other cities around England (I shared more details on this in my London post below).

Here are the cities we visited: Cambridge, Oxford, Bath, Brighton, Ely and Dover. We also spent an evening at the Warner Bros. Studio. Finally, our last destination was Edinburgh. We left our little home in Sawbridgeworth and stayed in Scotland for 3 nights before leaving Europe. You can find all the details from our time in the United Kingdom below:

  • London Guide
  • Edinburgh Guide
  • 5 Day Trips from London

London streets - Backpacking in Europe

How to Prepare for a Backpacking Trip Through Europe

Let’s be real, traveling for 3 months requires a lot of planning. Below you can find some guides that I created to help you plan your next trip to Europe. I was able to plan fairly well, but we certainly made some mistakes along the way. Hopefully you can learn from us!

  • 3 Month Packing List for Europe in Fall and Winter + What I Wish We’d Packed and What we Didn’t Need
  • How We Travelled to Europe on a Budget
  • The Best Restaurants we Tried in Europe (Vegetarian)

Frequently Asked Questions:

I got many questions about our backpacking trip in Europe, so I thought I’d answer some here (those that haven’t been answered in my specific Europe guides).

I wrote a big post on this and you can find it here . In short, balance is everything. Food is part of traveling and it’s important that you enjoy it, without guilt. Travel is temporary. Don’t regret missing out on some experiences, just because they don’t fit your description of health.

This is a really hard question to answer (we loved them all!), but I would have to say Austria, Switzerland and the United Kingdom. I know, I can’t narrow it down more than this. I could break it down like this: Nature/Scenery: Austria and Switzerland. The mountains are stunning and we especially loved Hallstatt, Interlaken and Zermatt. City: London and Vienna were my favorite big cities. I still miss London SO much and it felt like home as we stayed there for one month. I also really loved Graz, Bath, Cambridge, Oxford and Edinburgh.

I have to answer this from experience as I don’t live in Europe, so I can’t know for sure. Personally, I would choose to visit in the fall or spring. Winter is also great for certain areas, depending on your plans (the Christmas markets are amazing!). I would just personally avoid summer. From past experience, Europe is extremely busy in the summer and can be uncomfortably warm (to my taste). That being said, do what works best for you!

A few specifics :

  • London was amazing around Christmas time and was filled with Christmas markets. It doesn’t get too cold (it was consistently around 10°C for us), but it’s wet.
  • Paris was great in November as it was mild and less busy. Spring is also a great time to visit from what I hear.
  • Spain was good in October, but it was starting to get cooler. If you plan on spending time at the beach, September or summer may be better (I can’t know for sure).
  • From past experience, I would especially avoid Italy during summer. It was extremely warm and crowded. Fall was perfect.
  • Austria, Switzerland and Germany were beautiful in early November and still had fall foliage. I’m sure October would have been great too!

Eiffel Tower - Backpacking in Europe

And that’s it! I hope that you found this guide helpful. Have you traveled to Europe? Are you planning a trip soon? Do you have any questions? Let me know in the comments!

Share this:

europe trip 3 months

I’m Caroline, a registered dietitian based in British Columbia. Here, you’ll find a variety of nourishing vegan recipes, without a side of diet culture

follow along

don’t miss a recipe

Check your inbox or spam folder to confirm your subscription.

popular recipes

no-knead whole wheat bread cut in half

more recipes

Simple Barley and Vegetable Soup

search recipes

2 responses to “A Guide to Backpacking in Europe for 3 Months”

Noah Marples Avatar

Hello! Me and my girlfriend are planning on doing a similar trip next summer, I was just wondering if you had a good estimate for saving up before we planned to go for 3 months?

Nourished by Caroline Avatar

Hi Noah, that’s a great question! I don’t have an exact number for you as it’s been 4 years since our trip. My estimate is 10-12K (CAD), maybe up to 15K if we’re being safe. We spent an average of $60 CAD per night for our Airbnbs, though I believe prices for accommodations have gone up since then. We also saved on food by eating in our Airbnbs often and limiting eating out to once per day on average. It really depends on your type of travel. Most of our money went towards accommodations, food (groceries and eating out) and travel (plane tickets to get there and back, plus trains once in Europe). We also didn’t do many paid activities, so this is something else to consider in your planning. I did write a little guide on how we traveled to Europe for 3 months on a budget, which might be helpful. Let me know if you have any more questions. Enjoy your trip, it’s such an amazing experience!

You can find the other post here: https://nourishedbycaroline.ca/how-we-travelled-to-europe-on-a-budget/

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

 Yes, add me to your mailing list

Notify me of follow-up comments by email.

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Europe guide pin

europe trip 3 months

Your cart is empty

đŸ”„ BUY ONE, GET ONE 25% OFF EUROPE ESIMS 👉 SHOP NOW

Simify

Ideas for a Europe itinerary for 3 Months

Embarking on a three-month European adventure is like stepping into a buffet of cultures, history, and breathtaking landscapes. It's not just a trip; it's a journey through time, flavor, and experiences that will linger in your memories. So, let's dive into the nitty-gritty of planning a European escapade that spans an enviable 90 days.

Unlock your wanderlust with our downloadable itinerary, a pocket-sized adventure waiting to be discovered at the touch of your screen.

Planning Your Europe Adventure

Setting your priorities.

Before you start packing your bags, take a moment to reflect on what tickles your travel taste buds. Are you a history buff itching to wander through ancient ruins, or is the vibrant pulse of contemporary city life calling your name? Perhaps it's the serene landscapes and outdoor adventures that make your heart skip a beat. Identify your travel persona because, trust me, Europe has something for everyone.

Budget Considerations

Ah, the golden word – budget. Planning an extended trip requires a bit of financial acumen, but fear not, fellow traveler. Opt for budget-friendly accommodations like hostels, guesthouses, or even consider the burgeoning world of Airbnb. Embrace the local public transportation system; it not only saves euros but often provides a more authentic experience. And hey, cooking your meals or indulging in street food can be a tasty way to cut costs.

Best Time to Travel

Picture this: snow-capped Alps, blooming tulip fields, or golden Mediterranean beaches – the beauty of Europe changes with the seasons. The key is to sync your itinerary with the weather and events that tickle your fancy. Spring brings cherry blossoms and mild temperatures, while summer promises festivals and endless daylight. Fall boasts colorful foliage, and winter turns Europe into a festive wonderland. Choose wisely, my friend.

Sample Europe Itinerary Ideas

The nordic waltz.

Begin your grand European affair with the cool embrace of Northern Europe. Picture yourself sailing through the Norwegian fjords, standing in awe of Stockholm's architecture, and immersing in the enchanting tales of Icelandic sagas. The Baltics, with their charming old towns, offer a perfect blend of history and modernity. Don't forget the United Kingdom, where the streets whisper centuries-old secrets.

Must-Do Activities

  • Cruise the Norwegian fjords for a scenic feast.
  • Stroll through the historic streets of Tallinn, Estonia.
  • Explore the cultural melting pot of London.

Mediterranean Marvels

A roman holiday, greek odyssey, and spanish siestas.

As you descend into Southern Europe, get ready for a visual feast. Rome, with its ancient ruins and delectable cuisine, will have you saying 'la dolce vita' in no time. Hop over to Greece for a mythological journey among ancient gods and pristine beaches. End your Mediterranean sojourn with a siesta in Spain, where tapas and flamenco are the rhythms of life.

  • Roam the Colosseum and Vatican City in Rome.
  • Island-hop in Greece for sun-soaked beaches and mythology.
  • Experience the lively atmosphere of a Spanish flamenco show.

Eastern European Charms

A tapestry of history in poland, hungary, and the czech republic.

Venture into the less-trodden paths of Eastern Europe, where history unfolds in every cobblestone. Poland's Krakow and Warsaw bear witness to a tumultuous past, while Budapest's thermal baths invite relaxation. The Czech Republic's Prague enchants with its fairy-tale charm. Prepare to be captivated by the rich tapestry of this often-overlooked region.

  • Wander through the medieval streets of Krakow's Old Town.
  • Soak in the healing waters of Budapest's thermal baths.
  • Marvel at the astronomical clock in Prague's Old Town Square.

Western Wonders

Parisian romance, german precision, and benelux bliss.

Wrap up your European odyssey with the elegance of Western Europe. Paris, the city of love, awaits with its iconic landmarks and artistic allure. Germany's precision unfolds in cities like Berlin and Munich. The Benelux countries offer a delightful blend of medieval charm and modern sophistication. This leg of the journey is a grand finale, a crescendo of cultural wonders.

  • Cruise along the Seine River for a romantic view of Paris.
  • Explore the historic remnants of the Berlin Wall.
  • Cycle through the picturesque canals of Amsterdam.

As you peruse these itineraries, remember they are mere blueprints. The beauty of a 3-month European adventure lies in the spontaneity, the unplanned detours that lead to unexpected gems. 

Thanks for visiting our blog, are you planing to travel to Europe ? Check out our eSIM Europe .

Ideas for a Europe itinerary for 3 Month

Tips for Seamless Travel

Travel insurance and health considerations.

Before you embark on this epic journey, embrace the unsung hero – travel insurance. It's not just a safety net; it's the guardian of your adventure. Opt for a comprehensive policy that covers medical emergencies, trip cancellations, and unexpected mishaps. Trust me, having that safety net will let you savor every moment without fretting about the 'what-ifs.'

Staying Healthy Amidst the Adventures

Extended travel can be a rollercoaster for your health. Boost your immunity, pack a basic first aid kit, and keep tabs on your physical well-being. Remember, an apple a day might keep the doctor away, but a good travel insurance policy ensures you're in good hands if the doctor does come knocking.

Language Basics

A linguistic toolkit: more than just bonjour and ciao.

While English is a universal language, a few local phrases can open doors and hearts. Invest some time in learning basic greetings, polite phrases, and how to ask for help. Locals appreciate the effort, and you'll find that your experience becomes richer when you can share a few words in the local tongue.

Handy Language Apps for the Tech-Savvy Traveler

In the digital age, language learning has never been more accessible. Equip yourself with language apps that make learning a breeze. Duolingo, Babbel, and Memrise are fantastic companions on your linguistic journey. A little effort goes a long way, and speaking a few words in the native language can be a bridge to cultural connections.

Cultural Etiquette

Navigating the unwritten rules.

Europe is a tapestry of diverse cultures, each with its own set of unwritten rules. Respect for local customs and etiquette goes a long way in fostering positive interactions. From the double-kiss greeting in France to removing your shoes before entering a home in Scandinavia, a bit of cultural sensitivity ensures you're not just a traveler but a respectful guest.

Embrace the Local Rhythm

Cultural etiquette isn't just about avoiding faux pas; it's about embracing the local rhythm. Join in on festivals, try local customs, and, if you're feeling brave, hit the dance floor at a traditional celebration. You'll find that immersing yourself in local customs is like adding spice to an already flavorful journey.

In the grand tapestry of travel, planning a 3-month Europe itinerary is like composing a symphony. You've identified your travel priorities, tuned your budget, and selected the destinations that resonate with your wanderlust. The beauty lies not just in the destinations but in the spaces between – the unexpected encounters, the unplanned detours, and the serendipitous moments that make the journey unforgettable. Before you take off make sure to check with local government of the travel status.

As you stand at the precipice of this adventure, remember that this is your odyssey. The itineraries provided are mere suggestions, offering a glimpse into the myriad possibilities that Europe holds. Feel free to tweak, twist, and improvise based on your whims and fancies.

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

1. is it feasible to travel on a tight budget for three months in europe.

Yes, it's possible. Consider budget-friendly accommodations, public transportation, and exploring affordable destinations.

2. What are the visa requirements for an extended stay in Europe?

Visa requirements vary, but typically a Schengen visa is required. Check the specific requirements for each country on your itinerary.

3. How can I stay connected during my travels in Europe?

Purchase local SIM cards or consider international roaming plans. Many cafes and accommodations also offer free Wi-Fi.

4. Are three months enough to explore all of Europe?

While three months allow for a comprehensive journey, prioritize destinations based on your interests. You may not cover every country, but you'll have a rich experience.

5. How can I deal with homesickness during a long trip?

Stay connected with friends and family through regular communication. Engage in activities you love, and consider joining social groups or meeting fellow travelers along the way.

Leave a comment

All comments are moderated before being published

Related Posts

Unveiling the History: When Did Hawaii Become Part of the United States

Unveiling the History: When Did Hawaii Become Part of the United States

Unveiling the Mystery: What Continent is Hawaii In?

Unveiling the Mystery: What Continent is Hawaii In?

Discovering Paradise: What to Do in Hawaii

Discovering Paradise: What to Do in Hawaii

Unlocking the Paradise: When is the Best Time to Go to Hawaii?

Unlocking the Paradise: When is the Best Time to Go to Hawaii?

Unveiling the Dimensions: How Big Is Hawaii?

Unveiling the Dimensions: How Big Is Hawaii?

Unlocking the Skies: How Long is a Flight to Hawaii?

Unlocking the Skies: How Long is a Flight to Hawaii?

Why we need activation dates.

  • We need these dates to activate your SIM card so you can use them when you’re ready to travel.
  • If you don’t give us an activation date, your SIM card will not work when you plug them into your phone.

Not sure on your dates yet?

  • You can add in an estimated date for your SIM. Your SIM’s data & validity won’t start until you plug it into your device.
  • Once you know your exact dates, please let us know via our live chat or at [email protected] so we can activate it for you at the right time. 

What if you need to change the dates?

  • You can reach out to us via our live chat or at [email protected] with your SIM number so we can change it for you.
  • Meet Selena
  • Destinations
  • Accommodation
  • Travel Guides
  • Discussions
  • Shop Presets
  • Shop Prints

Destinations , Travel Guides

September 16, 2019, our 3 month europe road trip itinerary.

Positano views in italy for our three month Europe road trip

Three years ago we set off on the Europe road trip that changed everything. We left home, started an Instagram to share photos with friends and family, and took off hit some undiscovered spots in Europe alongside a few favorites we’d made it to in the past. At the time, we had no idea this was the start to an adventure that would lead to a complete lifestyle change and ultimately fast-track my choice to become a travel blogger.

This road trip itinerary has sat in my blog drafts for three years now — so what better time to share it with you then with the new re-launch of my blog? Trying to plan this itinerary was what inspired me to create this fully customizable ‘Destinations’ page to help you plan your travels better.

There is no better way to see the Balkans (Croatia, Montenegro, Slovenia, etc.) then by car. The coastal views are incredible, and having the freedom to pull over when you want explore will lead to some amazing finds. We left in April and spent over two months traveling to the places listed below, finally adding a couple more weeks to drive north to our last destination: Amsterdam. I broke each segment up by days so you could easily portion off this trip and travel to the countries you’re most interested in. Let’s go!

Our 3 Month Europe Road Trip

Milan, Italy – arrive Lake Como, Italy – 2 nights Venice, Italy – 2 nights Bled, Slovenia – 2 nights Ljubljana, Slovenia – 2 nights Zagreb, Croatia – 1 night Plitvice Lakes, Croatia – day trip Split, Croatia – 2 nights Hvar Island, Croatia – 3 nights Dubrovnik, Croatia – 2 nights Kotor, Montenegro – 2 nights Budva, Mongenegro – 3 nights Albania – day trip Lake Ohrid, Macedonia – 3 nights Meteora, Greece – 1 night Athens, Greece – 3 nights Santorini, Greece – 4 nights Galaxidi, Greece – 1 night Positano, Italy – 1 night Cinque Terre, Italy – 2 nights Milan, Italy – depart

Top Photo: Positano, Italy edited with our ‘Udaipur’ preset . Preset collections used in this blog post: Europe Desktop Collection , India Desktop Collection .

Fly into Milan, Italy and pick up your rental car

Lake Como, Italy [2 nights] Straight out of a fairytale with cobblestone streets and quaint cafes around every turn. We opted for a lakeside property to have views over the water and an Italian balcony to ourselves. This hotel is the more affordable option (but still on the high end) if you’re looking for luxury like the iconic Grand Hotel Tremezzo . For the budget-friendly stay we did, check out this cozy apartment or this one .

Venice, Italy [2 nights] Venice is beautiful but always crowded. I suggest wandering off the main paths to explore different areas of the old city. Book an Airbnb in the canals here, like this one with a view or this similar one.

Bled, Slovenia [2 nights] One of our favorite stops of the trip. Lake Bled is straight out of a magazine with an old castle perched on a hill, a cathedral in the middle of the lake, and breathtaking scenery. Don’t miss stopping over to Predjama castle and Postjama caves, both can be done on the same day. Stay at this breathtaking hotel on the lake (we couldn’t help taking a tour when we visited!) or this full home . Alternatively you can stay in the city center, our original Airbnb is no longer available so would book this apartment .

Ljubljana, Slovenia [2 nights] The capital of Slovenia is a colorful design-lover’s dream filled with boutiques and up-and-coming restaurants. It’s unassuming when you first enter, but the castle and river running through the old town center are postcard-worthy. Lolita’s has the best hot chocolate ever. Go for a hotel in Ljubljana, this one is my top choice (the Airbnb’s are hit or miss).

Zagreb, Croatia [1 night] Though this was the most convenient stopover from Ljubljana, it was our least favorite stop of the trip. It could be due to the place we stayed, but I found the city to be lacking charm. If you’re passing through, stay one night and make sure it’s a trusted hotel in a good area, like this one .

Plitvice Lakes, Croatia [day trip] This national park is a must! Plitvice can be visited in a day, but if you want to spend more time here to hike I’d recommend spending the night. Hotels and homes for rent nearby are very basic — here’s where I’d stay on Airbnb and a similar hotel option .

Plitvice lakes in Croatia for our three month Europe road trip

Left: Plitvice Lakes, Croatia edited with our ‘Iceland’ preset ; Right: Lolita Cafe, Ljubljana, Slovenia edited with our ‘Jaipur’ preset

Split, Croatia [2 nights] Split is small enough to explore in a day, but has enough to keep you preoccupied for a few. Enjoy the restaurants on the water and don’t miss the outdoor markets. If we went back, I’d stay at this boutique hotel with views of the old town .

Hvar Island, Croatia [3 nights] Charming, walkable, and still relatively undiscovered. The islands might be the best part of Croatia (plus, they’re easy to get to with a short ferry), so why not add Korçula and Vis too? I would definitely stay in an Airbnb here since there are a ton of unique options. It’s a toss up between this villa with a pool , this home in an eco-friendly village or this beachside apartment.

Dubrovnik [2 nights] Staying within the old walls of Dubrovnik is essential, otherwise you’ll just be looking out towards the highlight of this city. One of our all time favorite budget-friendly Airbnb stays is here , it has a window onto the old castle ramparts for sunset (we were the only ones there!). The perfect town to get lost wandering centuries-old streets and stumbling upon gelato shops…and take the Game of Thrones tour.

Kotor [2 nights] A lake town with an incredible mountainous backdrop and fresh seafood dishes, Kotor is up there for one of my favorite underrated towns in Europe. Make sure to get dinner at least one night at one of the local seaside restaurants. Hiring a small boat to row you to the middle of the lake is a must. The old-fashioned Airbnb we stayed in  was steps from the best hike for views of Kotor.

Budva [3 nights] Budva is an inviting seaside town with a charming city center and plenty of nearby sites and beaches to visit. Sveti Stefan island is now owned by Aman hotels, but you can make a reservation for lunch by calling ahead (and you should, it’s the only way to see the island!). The beach in front is breathtaking and ideal for off season dips. If I went back, I would stay nearby the old town in this chic hotel .

Drive through Albania to Lake Ohrid, Macedonia

Left: kotor bay, montenegro edited with our ‘udaipur’ preset ; right: view from our kotor airbnb, edited with our ‘positano’ preset.

 Lake Ohrid, Macedonia [3 nights] Lake Ohrid is an ancient and sleepy town with easy walking streets and cheap yet delicious eats. We were stunned by how unknown Macedonia is as a destination, and how friendly the locals were. We chose a place to stay overlooking the water with a balcony. Though basic, it was arguably one of the cheapest Airbnbs we’ve ever stayed in.

Meteora, Greece [1 night] Meteora is known for its large rock formations with precariously perched monasteries on top. The sight leaves a long-lasting impression, and it’s the perfect overnight stay once you enter Greece’s northern region. You’ll only need one night in a local guesthouse. We stayed here . We had some delicious greek food at the local restaurants here! Make sure to ask a local for an authentic recommendation.

Athens, Greece [3 nights] The bustling streets of Athens have an endless amount of delicious restaurants if you know where to go. You could easily spend more time here, but a few nights will allow you to get a feel for Greece’s largest city and visit the Parthenon. Don’t miss grabbing Greek dessert at Lukumades and Davinci Gelateria for gelato — the passionfruit is my favorite. Here’s a recent Airbnb we stayed in , though I’ve been eyeing this hotel with a rooftop pool (it’s also in a more walkable neighborhood).

Leave your rental car at the airport and fly from Athens to Santorini 

Santorini, Greece [4 nights] Though it’s received lots of hype (read: crowds) over the last few years, it’s for good reason. Santorini is an unforgettable, unique and romantic destination and home to perhaps our favorite Airbnb ever , as seen in our Santorini travel guide . Biggest piece of advice to avoid the crowds: Book a dinner at Sunsets restaurant, so you can watch a famous Santorini sunset without fighting your way through throngs of people.

Left: Oia, Santorini edited with our ‘Taj’ preset ; Right: Our Airbnb in Santorini, edited with our ‘Jaipur’ preset

Fly from santorini to athens and pick up your rental car.

Galaxidi, Greece [1 night] This quaint town is a welcome stopover to reset and the drive there is beautiful. Galaxidi is a hidden gem with local tavernas and picturesque views of the seaside. Here’s the hotel I’d stay in if we went back.

Take the ferry from Patras, Greece to Bari, Italy

Positano, Italy [1 night] Driving along Italy’s coast is not for the faint-hearted. There are hairpin turns, countless tour buses, and tourists on every lookout. But of course: it’s incredibly picturesque. Of course, the best place to stay is this famous cliffside hotel with the iconic view of Positano; here’s an Airbnb option that’s less than half the price , and another to consider here .  

Cinque Terre, Italy [2 nights] While Cinque Terre can get packed, we had an amazing time staying in Monterosso, which is the only town that had an accessible beach. The train makes it easy to hop over to any of the five neighboring cities. We stayed in this cozy Airbnb in the center of town.

Return your rental car and fly out of Milan, Italy…or extend the trip! More destinations in Europe.

Cinque terre, italy edited with our ‘udaipur’ preset.

After a little over two months on the road, we decided to extend this road trip. Our original itinerary had us dropping our car back in Milan (we came full circle!), but we actually drove it to Amsterdam. Some add-on stops included: Annecy, France; Esch-sur-Alzette, Luxembourg; Antwerp, Belgium; and of course: Amsterdam, Netherlands.

I hope this itinerary is a helpful template for you to plan your own Europe road trip! If you decide to go for it, I’d love for you to send me a DM on Instagram so I can follow along!

Arctic Summer in Svalbard, Part 1

europe trip 3 months

I'M SELENA TAYLOR

europe trip 3 months

You'll Also Love

Storfjord hotel: cozy luxury in the fjords of norway, south of france: provence guide, our top 5 travel destinations for 2017, leave a reply cancel reply.

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

12 Comments

' src=

stefan Says

Hi! I’m a solo vacationer (really a backpacker) and I was wondering if the roads are quite easy to navigate and drive around in Croatia, Albania and Greece on your own? I just don’t want to drive anywhere that I’m unfamiliar with if the roads are sketchy!

' src=

Selena Says

We felt like Croatia and most parts of Greece we drove through were quite established. Albania is not and the roads are known to be less safe; for instance, our car rental agency would not insure the car for that portion of the trip if we stayed overnight.

' src=

European tourist destinations are my favorite. This summer I vacationed in Alicante, and it was great. Since I was there with my friends, we had a lot to do, namely: we rented a 9-seater car on rental24.co.uk and also organized a small road trip with them around the area

' src=

alsooouq Says

It’s very informative Blog, it’s more helpful to us thanks for sharing keep it up!!! Here is my site ëšč튀êČ€ìŠ

' src=

Jackie Says

What is the cost of a 3 month trip like this?

' src=

Pawan Ranta Says

Thanks Selena. The pictures are breathtakingly beautiful. Do you recommend booking the table at the Sunset restaurant in advance? Does it get crowded there? Thanks.

Yes, definitely! Enjoy xx

Pingback: How We Organize Travel Photos - Find Us Lost

' src=

Rochelle Greenberg Says

What time of year do you recommend?

We loved starting in late march and ending in May since it was still shoulder season! The downside is not being able to swim in places like Croatia, but we still got lucky with weather and having some of these places to ourselves was totally worth it.

' src=

Jen and Hen Says

This is absolutely a road trip we would love to do! Thank you for this itinerary and gorgeous photos!

You’re so welcome! xx

@FindUsLost

Let’s get lost together.

  • Privacy Policy & Disclosures

Subscribe To Our Newsletter and Receive 10% Off Our Lightroom Presets

Curated travel inspiration, whether you’re after a weekend getaway or bucket list bound.

Copyright 2024, Find Us Lost.

europe trip 3 months

cropped 1 1

How Much Does 3 Months in Europe Cost: A Complete Budget Breakdown

How much does it cost to travel Europe for 3 months

Here at The Jet Lag Journey, we love travel transparency. When we first started researching travel, it was very difficult to understand how much money we needed to go from occasionally taking a 10 day vacation, to really making this a lifestyle. We spent the summer of 2023 traveling through Europe to 14 countries and want to share exactly how much a trip like this costs! In this post, we will give a full budget breakdown on how much money we spent while traveling Europe for 3 months.

Why we chose to spend your summer in Europe

Over the last few years, we have intentionally restructured our life to have location freedom with work. We spent all of 2022 basically as professional wedding guests. We attended 12 weddings in one year! That meant that all of our time and money was going towards travel for these events. While we love our friends and cherish the time we spent celebrating their love, we were ready to take a trip that was for us. Even though we had taken many trips in the last few years since our original 6 month backpacking trip in 2019, we were ready to be on the road again for an extended time.

Europe is truly our favorite place in the world. Fingers crossed, one day we will be European citizens and actually move there, but for now we are limited to our 90 days in the schengen region in a 180 day period. Even though we had already been all over Europe, there were still tons of new destinations on our bucket list. There are also cities that we will always love and wanted to experience living there for more than a few days.

Where we went on our 3 month trip around Europe

where to travel in Europe on a budget

It is always difficult to choose where to go when planning long-term travel. You’d be surprised how quickly the calendar fills up and you still don’t have everything you want to do on the list! Our Europe summer 2023 was a mix of traveling to new destinations and living in places that we already knew loved.

We’ll be honest, this itinerary was jam packed. Even with a decent amount of extended stays, we oftentimes still felt rushed and exhausted. It is difficult to maintain work-life balance when you are also trying to enjoy traveling full time! When we do this again, we will likely travel at a slower pace.

Read our detailed guide on how to plan long-term travel for more trip planning information!

Europe summer 2023 Itinerary:

  • Lake Bled, Slovenia
  • Split, Croatia
  • Annecy, France
  • Lausanne, Switzerland
  • Thun, Switzerland
  • Cagliari, Sardinia
  • Valletta, Malta
  • Stockholm, Sweden
  • Copenhagen, Denmark
  • Cork, Ireland
  • Edinburgh, UK
  • Malaga, Spain
  • Marrakech, Morocco
  • Mallorca, Spain
  • Porto, Portugal
  • Madeira, Portugal
  • Lisbon, Portugal

How much did we spend over 3 months in Europe?

It doesn’t matter if you are a solo traveler or traveling with a partner, you’ll be able to understand this budget breakdown for either! Since we are two people, we combine the expenses, but we will also list totals as cost per person.

So
how much money did we spend in Europe for three months? Here’s a detailed breakdown by category!

So, there you have it – it cost us each slightly over $10,000 to spend three months in Europe . Let me be very clear here, you do not need $10,000 to spend three months in Europe. In fact, we go into more detail about how we did a 6 month trip around the world in 2019 for almost the same amount of money! When we did that trip in 2019 though, we did not have jobs. We had fully quit our jobs to travel. This summer we were both working full time as digital nomads, so we were able to travel on a bit higher of a budget since we had income while traveling, not just tearing through our savings.

No matter what your budget is, we believe that there are always ways to be smart with your money while traveling with out sacrificing your experience. Read 40 ways to travel cheaper here!

Below we talk through each budget category in more detail.

Budget Category Descriptions

Europe summer budget

Housing budget

The housing category is exactly what it sounds like – it’s how much it cost TOTAL for accommodations all summer. Our budget goal for housing for the summer in Europe was an average of $100/night. Guess what – we were in Europe for 87 days total so we ended up under budget at $94/night average!

When we did our 6 month trip around the world in 2019, our housing budget was only $40 a night. This is the biggest factor in why that overall trip cost was much lower than our 2023 Europe summer.

An important thing to note here is that we set this as an average cost per night. There were some cities like Copenhagen, where there are simply no adequate housing options for less than $180 a night. There are also some cities like Malaga, Spain where we found a great Airbnb for $70 a night. We also stayed for free with friends both in London and Ireland. The point is that the budget we set was meant to be an average! As long as it ends up on track in the end, not every city is the same with what value you will get with your budget.

As digital nomads, we stayed mostly in Airbnbs this summer. It was essential for us to have our own kitchen, a comfortable bed and good wifi. Be sure to thoroughly read reviews before booking any housing during extended travel!

Transportation budget

Transportation includes more than just our flights, we included any form of transportation in this category. That means taxis, trains, ferries, public buses and anything else that we paid for to get from point A to point B that wasn’t our own two feet.

One call out here is that we booked our trans-Atlantic flights with credit card points. Those flights are typically a large transportation expense when someone is planning a trip to Europe!

Pro-tip: When booking flights in Europe (and in general), make sure to read the fine print on the airline’s luggage policy. If you end up needing to gate check a bag or your carry-on does not fit, you can get hit with an unexpected large fine. Even as experienced travelers, we got hit with an unexpected $150 charge each when flying home on TapAir Portugal. The weight for the carry-on bag was insanely low and they were weighing everyone’s bags at the gate. Have a gameplan for your bags before you show up to the airport!

europe trip 3 months

Use code JLJ10 for 10% off all eSIM purchases.

Grocery budget

The grocery category includes anything that we bought from a supermarket or convenience store. Since we were traveling for three months, we cooked many meals ourselves. It would be impossible to eat at restaurants the amount that you would on a one week Europe trip. We also love to cook meals any chance we can during long-term travel!

The cost of groceries in Europe varies by country. For example in Switzerland, even though groceries are the cheapest option for meals, it is still drastically more expensive than grocery shopping in Italy. No matter though, grocery shopping will be your cheapest option when traveling on a budget.

Restaurant budget

Europe 3 month travel budget

Ok so here’s the deal, we are not the biggest foodies in the world. With that said, we love to eat out when we can, especially in Europe! We also always look for the best bang for our buck. We will not dine at a fancy restaurant just because it is the top recommended place on Google. Seth is an expert at digging through google maps and finding local spots with the best deals.

Like stated before, long-term travel is very different from taking a week-long holiday. We typically only eat at restaurants while traveling 2-3 times a week at most and will try one local establishment in each city. Overall, European dining is typically much cheaper than in the United States. You can get a full meal with wine in countries like Portugal, Spain or Italy for less than $20 a person. Of course, countries like Sweden, Denmark and Switzerland will take your entire bank account if you dine out too much!

Bar and pub budget

how much to save to go to Europe

To some it may seem strange that we have bars and restaurants as their own categories, but we’ll be honest with you all, we enjoy a good party! Bar hopping is one of our favorite ways to dive into a new city and embrace the local culture. We have days and nights where we may not eat out, but we will find a great happy hour deal or simply have a night out with other travelers.

The bar and restaurant budget categories are where things can get very personal as a traveler. If you love to try missiline star restaurants and drink martinis while traveling, you may need to budget much more for these categories. Our favorite drink is the cheapest beer in town, so it is possible this number is actually much lower than it could have compared to someone who may not be as conscious about how much each drink costs.

We didn’t have an exact budget in mind for how much we planned to spend at bars all summer in Europe (because who could really plan that), but we will say that we did our best to always look for the best deals in town and stick to the cheaper drinks on the menu. That’s an accomplishment in itself!

Activity budget

The activities portion of the budget is reserviced for typical touristy things that you would do in a new city. Examples of this include castle entry fees, museums, funiculars to viewpoints, and things like that!

We do not set a limit on this budget because we do not always know in advance which activities we will want to do, but we try our best to stick to things we are really excited about. We will not enter a museum or tour a building that we are not eager to see. These types of expenses can add up if you are not cautious!

Our daily travel budget

europe trip 3 months

If you know us personally at all, then you know that Seth is a budget guru. He is an expert at setting and making sure we stick to our daily budget! As long-term travelers, sticking to a budget is essential to making sure we can maintain this lifestyle. If you are traveling for 1-2 weeks, it is easy to convince yourself that you do not need to worry about your expenses. That is 100% not the case when travel is your lifestyle.

The easiest way to break down the budget is with a daily average. We do not include major transportation or housing in our daily budget because we view those as overall trip expenses. It is too complicated to add those into the day-to-day expenses. Our daily budget was $100 or $50/person average over the entire trip . It is important to keep in mind that this is an average number. There were some days that we spent $0 and some that we spent over $200 depending on what was the plan for the day!

We ended the summer at an average of $91 per day total or $45 per person/day without including housing or major transportation costs. This average was under budget – yay!

To further help you envision a travel budget (and give some travel inspo!), we put together this budget spreadsheet freebee to go along with this post. This spreadsheet will be helpful if you are more of a visual learner and want to see a detailed breakdown by destination.

How to manage your travel budget

Team JLJ over here loves a travel budget! We totally understand that setting a budget and sticking to it is not everyone’s area of expertise. The truth about budgeting is that it is a muscle that needs to be strengthened. The more you do it, the better you will get at sticking to it!

Our best recommendation for sticking to your budget is to download an app that tracks everything you spend on the go. There are tons of apps like this out there, but our favorite app that we used this summer is TravelSpend . It feels odd at first to enter each expense, but after a few days it will just become second nature. This is the best way to track your spending while traveling!

We also love this app because it stores all of the details we need for recommendations! Someone asks where our favorite dinner was in Porto, Portugal? No problem! We can easily look back to where we went and how much it cost.

There are a lot of factors that go into establishing your own personal travel budget. We go into all of the details in our post about how to make a travel budget.

Why you should plan your own summer in Europe

summer in Europe budget

The truth is that there is no bad time to travel to Europe, but the summer in Europe is truly incredible. While it is peak tourist season, it is also the best weather for beachy destinations. If you prefer to go in the off-seasons, we recommend traveling in the spring or fall when it will be less crowded but still mild temperatures.

Get inspired with this Europe bucket list to start planning your own adventure today!

Our goal with this post was to provide some clarity if you are planning your own extended Europe trip. We always do our best to be transparent with travel costs and expenses because we understand how overwhelming it is when you want to travel, but don’t have a concept of how much money you will need!

If this post resonated at all, leave or comment or rea c h out to us with any thoughts or questions. We always love to connect and help other adventures accomplish their travel goals!

Happy traveling! XX Maddy & Seth

europe trip 3 months

Hi friends! Welcome to The Jet Lag Journey.

This is an online destination that tackles difficult travel questions in order to make worldwide travel practical and accessible. Happy exploring!

Posts to Start with

europe trip 3 months

50 Europe Travel Tips: A First-Timer’s Guide to Traveling to Europe

Gift Guide for any traveler cover

Travel Gift Guide: 25+ Best Gifts for all Travelers in 2023

How to quit your job and travel cover

How to Quit your Job and Travel

More posts you might like.

europe trip 3 months

Travel Essentials: The Best Travel Items to Bring on Every Trip

Europe Travel Essentials cover

15 Europe Travel Essentials: Backpacking Europe Checklist

europe trip 3 months

The Best Bags, Backpacks and Luggage for International Travel

Leave a comment.

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

What are you searching for?

Wanderlust Crew

  • Switzerland
  • The Netherlands
  • National Parks
  • Affording Travel
  • Photography
  • Responsible Travel
  • Worldschool
  • Wanderlust Guides
  • Travel Planning
  • Work with Us

England , Europe , France , Greece , Iceland , Ireland , Italy , Scotland , Travel

How to plan a europe backpacking trip for your family.

europe trip 3 months

If you’re wondering how to plan a family Europe backpacking trip, this guide to backpacking Europe will be essential. Discover why to go, how to go, where to go, and what to pack. You can also download my free backpacking Europe packing list.

europe trip 3 months

  • How to Plan a Family Europe Backpacking Trip

A few months ago I set off on a Europe backpacking trip with my four kids. First of all…my hats off to single moms! You’re amazing! Having to mom alone for 3 months was HARD! And probably even harder while traveling through foreign countries. I’ve had about a million questions asking WHY we did it, and then asking HOW we did it. So I thought I’d answer them all here for inquiring minds. How to backpack Europe with kids…

Here's a Short Cut

Backpacking Europe Cost

2. resilience & education, thinking about taking a family gap year, where to go on a europe backpacking trip with your family, backpacks for the kids, backpack for adults, packing cubes, what to pack for a europe backpacking trip for kids, my favorite kids’ clothes for backpacking europe, my favorite kids’ activities, snacks, and games for backpacking europe, what to pack for a europe backpacking trip for women, my favorite gear for backpacking europe, toiletry essentials for backpacking europe, what to pack for a europe backpacking trip for men, a really awesome fanny pack, portable wifi device, international power adapter, portable phone charger, portable luggage scale, fitness tracking watch, a great camera, portable wash bag, laundry detergent packets, clothespins & string, travel first aid kit, reusable collapsible water bottles, eyemask and earplugs, good headphones for you and the kids, backpacking europe packing list, how to backpack europe with kids, why take a europe backpacking trip with your family.

There are many reasons to take a Europe backpacking trip with your family. I mean, it’s Europe! So much to see, do, learn, and eat! But these are the main reasons I decided to do it.

1. To Save Money

I want my kids to see as much of the world as possible, but I have 4 kids, and they’re expensive. Trust me, I have 3 in braces right now, they are expensive, and only draining my bank account more as they get older! Why did no one tell me this before I had kids?! Thanks, mom!

So, we’ve established that travel is expensive, but one of the biggest expenses of travel is airfare. Buying 5 flights to Europe is a heck of a lot cheaper than buying 20! Math! I decided it would be more cost-effective to buy flights to Europe and stay for several months to see as much as we could, rather than flying back and forth between the US and Europe all year long.

So I found cheap tickets to Europe, planned a 3-month backpacking trip (because why not), and off we went! For those interested, I detailed our backpacking Europe cost below.

How much does it cost to backpack Europe for three months you ask? I kept track of all our expenses and added them all up for you in this handy-dandy table! I think you might be surprised at how little we spent.

So the total cost for 5 of us backpacking Europe for 3 months was $9,352 . That’s around $3,100/month or $1870/person . Not too bad eh?

We saved a lot of money and keep our costs down by renting houses instead of staying in hotels .

We wanted to stay around $3,000/month because we were renting out our house on Airbnb for around $4,000/month . So technically, we saved money by traveling Europe, just like we did last time we slow traveled Europe for a year. You can read more about how much we spent doing that here . 

Our backpacking through Europe cost was probably the same cost as some family’s one week trip Europe trip. However, we did make some sacrifices to keep under our budget.

As many of you know, the main goal for us when we travel with our children is education. And I don’t just mean learning the history of a castle we visit, but an overall education about the world and how to be a good human. We call this worldschooling and you can learn more about why we do that here and how we do that here .

If there’s one thing that long-term travel teaches you, it’s resilience. I wanted to teach my kids how to persevere and make sacrifices, while still having a good time exploring the world. I also wanted my kids to learn about all the amazing places we went to. We studied a lot of history and geography before we left on our Europe backpacking trip.

My kids definitely learned a lot on that trip. They learned to carry their own belongings, live with less, not beg for souvenirs, run when they needed to run, be kind to strangers, accept the kindness of strangers, be on their guard, and much much more!

We ran into a lot of difficult situations and they learned how to band together and be supportive of one another. They also learned that I am only human and can only do so much. This means that they learned how to help themselves.

Did you know that gap year aren’t just for young adults graduating high school? They can actually be for families too. A gap year is a great way for your family to gain perspective, connect, and focus on what is truly important. I’ve got a great guide on how to logistically and affordably take a family gap year.

europe trip 3 months

Now that you know why we went, I’ll tell you our backpacking through Europe itinerary. Honestly, you can go anywhere in Europe, this is just where we chose to go for this trip.

Backpacking Europe Itinerary:

  • Week 1: Iceland
  • Week 2: Edinburgh, Scotland
  • Week 3: Outer Hebrides, Scotland
  • Week 4: Greece
  • Week 5: Florence
  • Week 6: Cinque Terre
  • Week 7-9: Sardinia
  • Week 10-11: Paris
  • Week 12: London

Gear You’ll Need for Backpacking Across Europe

Before you even start planning your backpacking through Europe route, you’ll need to make sure you have the right gear, otherwise, things can go very wrong. The main key is not to overpack.

Europe is a first world country and anything that you might need can most likely be purchased there! So don’t stress over bringing your own diapers or tampons. I’ve outlined below the things that we brought with us to Europe that we couldn’t have lived without.

europe trip 3 months

The Best Travel Backpack for Europe Backpacking Trip

Picking the right backpacks for our trip was essential! We would be carrying these packs several times a week, for several hours at a time, and for great distances. We would need to store them on trains, planes, taxis, buses, and cars. They had to be light when empty because we were going to pack these full of all our necessities for the next 3 months! I did a lot of research until I found the best backpack for Europe backpacking.

I’m not generally a brand loyalist, but when it comes to Osprey, I truly think they are the best backpacks for backpacking Europe! They are lightweight, durable, have lots of pockets and options for sinching and expanding, and most importantly, comfortable! Osprey has travelers and outdoor enthusiasts in mind when they design these.

europe trip 3 months

I absolutely loved the Osprey Jet 18 backpacks for my kids. I spend a lot of time researching the  best backpack for Europe and for kids . Osprey does an amazing job of making backpacks actually comfortable! Who would have thought?! The waist and chest straps that they provide are absolutely crucial to keeping kids comfortable while carrying all their gear through Europe for months.

These are not kids backpacking backpacks, but rather daypacks, as I feel the backpacking backpacks would be too much to carry for my kids. These Jet 18s surprisingly fit a lot in them.

I’ve recommended this backpack to several families backpacking with kids and they have all loved it! It’s a great backpack for ages 5-18 due to its ability to squish down so small or expand larger. It also makes a great daypack for adults. I usually took one of these Osprey Jet 18s as a daypack during our travels. You can purchase the Osprey Jet 18 here. 

Learn more about the best kids travel backpack options for all ages. 

Obviously, you’ll need a bigger backpack while backpacking through Europe. You’ll most likely be carrying the extra gear like laptops, cameras, and toiletries that the kids won’t be using. This is my personal backpacking Europe backpack. I used this Osprey Ace 75 and it served me well. It’s actually a kids backpacking backpack, but I am petite with narrow shoulders so it fit me well. This backpack has a lot of options for expanding and shrinking just like the Jet 18, but it’s much larger. I would say it’s around the size of a carryon suitcase. When filled to capacity it did get quite heavy though! You can purchase the Osprey Ace 75 here. 

europe trip 3 months

I often wished that the backpack had hidden wheels. Not until after my backpacking trip did I discover that Osprey DOES, in fact, make a backpack with wheels. Backpackers rejoice! If I did this trip over again, I think this is the best backpack for backpacking Europe! It’s called the Soujourn Series and can be wheeled like a carryon suitcase or carried like a backpack, complete with waist and chest straps! The Soujourn comes in 80L , 65L, and 45L sizes . I think the 65 would have been what I would have chosen. You can purchase the Osprey Sojourn  here. 

europe trip 3 months

If you’re not child sized, I’ve had my eye on this Osprey Renn 65 which seems to have around the same specs as the Ace 75 (the Renn is a few inches shorter), but is made for women, which means the straps are curved to allow more room for your breasts! Winning! You can purchase the Osprey Renn 65 here.

Packing cubes will be absolutely essential to your packing and your sanity! They will help you to keep everything organized and compressed so that clothing fits nicely into the backpacks. My two little kids each had one medium-sized packing cube. My 10-year-old had a medium packing cube and one small packing cube, and my oldest had one large packing cube. There was really no rhyme or reason to this, it’s just how it went down when I divided our cubes out.

europe trip 3 months

We used packing cubes that I bought from Target, however, they were pretty flimsy, so after this trip, I invested in a set of these new packing cubes which have proved to be much sturdier! You can purchase packing cubes here. 

Clothing for Backpacking Europe

  • 4 shirts/dresses
  • 3 pants/shorts (depending on the season)
  • 4 socks 
  • 4 underwear
  • water shoes/sandals
  • hiking shoes/sneakers
  • heavy or light jacket depending on where and when you’re going
  • warm hat or ball cap depending on weather

Here’s the line up for what we packed for our Europe backpacking trip:

Packing Cubes

This is what went inside of each of the kids packing cubes, give or take a few things, plus what they wore on the plane (dress/shirt, pants, underwear, socks, jacket, etc.)

europe trip 3 months

The packing cubes went inside of our backpacks along with a few other things:

  • Bag of snacks
  • Antibacterial
  • Boogie Boards

europe trip 3 months

Games: Having small, portable games for the kids is essential while backpacking through Europe. There will undoubtedly be long travel days on planes, trains, or boats. Games are also a great way to bridge the gap between language barriers. My kids have made many friends over a game of UNO!  These are three of our favorite games for traveling.

Bananagrams

Dutch Blitz

europe trip 3 months

Activities: Having these three things gave my kids plenty to do when they had to be by themselves. They’re also great when everyone just needs to be separated! Some of my kids didn’t love writing in their travel journals, but I’m so glad they have them now. It was fun to come home and put pictures in them later. Boogie boards are great because the kids can still draw, write, or play games like hangman or tic-tac-toe without having to carry around a bunch of paper. And of course, an iPad or Kindle is essential and can be loaded with e-books, games, and movies for those long plane rides!

Travel Journal

Boogie Board

Kindle Fire

europe trip 3 months

Dried Mangos These are the best dried mangos out there with no sugar added.

Smart Sweets Gummy Bears: Totally addicted to these and only 3 grams of sugar in the whole bag!

CLIF Bars: These are great as an on the go meal, especially when breakfasts can be hard to find in Europe.

Here are even more tips for what to pack in kid travel backpacks.  

To be completely honest, I don’t have a ton of opinions about my own clothing. I really like wearing dresses for reasons like my undercarriage can breathe, no waistband to restrict trying delicious food in Europe, and they’re much cooler. I buy my dresses from all over the internet and from lots of thrift store browsing, and almost always pack more dresses than pants!

However, I do have strong opinions about three items that are my absolute favorites!

  • Eddie Bauer Boots: These   Eddie Bauer boots   are quite possibly the best thing that have ever happened to me! Not only are they the  most comfortable shoes I’ve ever owned  (ask anyone I know
they’ve heard me rave about these boots), but they are waterproof, AND they come with a lifetime warranty. I bought a pair  over 5 years ago  and I wear through the soles about every year and a half because I wear them everywhere! When they wear out I just bring them to any Eddie Bauer store (even though I bought them on Amazon)  and they  give me brand new ones!  They’re the BEST investment I’ve ever made. You can buy them   here.
  • TEVA Sandals: I love   TEVA sandals for many reasons. They’re durable, well made, cute, lightweight, waterproof, etc. But most of all I love them because they are comfortable, which is my #1 priority when picking shoes to travel through Europe for months with. I own several pairs of TEVA sandals, but these are the ones I’m wearing right now. They’re pretty versatile and can go with hiking attire or a sundress to church. You can purchase them   here .
  • Jean Jacket: I know, I’m like so totally 90s! Or 80s? Do jean jackets ever really go out of style? I got this jean jacket in a StitchFix box about 6 years ago! Are people still doing that? Anyway, I wore it for years and years until I finally wore out the elbows! Bless Amazon for carrying everything!  It’s super stretchy and comfortable (can you tell comfort is key for me?) and it literally goes with every outfit (I’m even wearing it in the picture above and didn’t notice ha!) It’s warm, but not too warm and the pockets on this jacket are angled in such a way that they hold my phone and wallet perfectly without falling out. Meaning I don’t have to carry a purse! I know, it’s the little things! I know it’s just a jacket, but it’s one of those things I would cry about if I ever lost! So, let’s be twins! You can purchase my favorite jean jacket   here.
  • Dry Shampoo:  It is crucial to bring a good dry shampoo! You never know what shower conditions will be like or how many travel days you’ll have in between washing your hair. I’ve recently discovered this amazing Chia Seed Dry Shampoo by HASK and it has changed my life, meaning I no longer shower! It doesn’t leave a white residue like most dry shampoos (how DO they do it?) and it’s light meaning it doesn’t leave my hair feeling like I just dumped a ton of baby powder in it. It sprays on in a sort hairspray-like consistency and it’s just the best. I recommend brushing your scalp with vigor at night and then spraying it in. It sounds weird, but trust me! I have fine, thin, oily hair and have learned over the years how to deal with not being able to wash my hair daily. (sorry TMI) I only buy it in travel size because I travel so much. You can purchase it in a six pack here.

europe trip 3 months

  • Heavy or light jacket depending on where and when you’re going

Practical Things to Pack for Backpacking Europe

I honestly don’t know how I lived before I started using fanny packs. I mean, obviously, I used them in the 80s and 90s! I don’t know why these ever went away, but I’m so happy that they’ve regained their coolness factor! It’s so great not to have to carry a purse and put all the weight on my hips instead! Plus, they’re so cute now! No more neon though, bummer! I’m obsessed with my faux leather “Fawny Pack” from Fawn Design. You can purchase yours here.

Unless you have a really great phone plan that has affordable international data service, you’ll definitely need some way to connect your phone. I rely on my phone for so many things, but mostly I need my maps for getting around. Google maps and Apple maps both have great public transportation routes and information that are invaluable while backpacking through Europe. But they all require WiFi or cell service. I use Skyroam which costs $9/day and it’s so worth it. I also love it because it acts as a portable charger as well! How cool is that! You can purchase a Skyroam Solis device here . Use code WANDERLUSTCREW for a special discount!

You’ll want to make sure you have a good multi-country international power adapter that will work throughout Europe and the UK. While I prefer to have country-specific adapters for most of my trips, it’s just not practical for a multi-country trip. I have this adapter and it’s the best multi-country one that I’ve tried. I like that it has the extra USB outlets on the plug as well so that you can plug in two USB cords along with a regular plug for a laptop or curling iron. You can purchase this adapter here. 

europe trip 3 months

You’ll definitely want a portable charger for your phone while backpacking Europe. With long days of travel and exploring, and using your Maps, your phone will die quickly. I love this portable charger. I’ve had it for years and it has never failed me. The best part of it is that it has cords built-in and has an iPhone cord and a micro USB cord so I can charge my phone, iPad, headphones, camera charger, etc. It’s a little pricey, but it works so well an has lasted so long that I think it’s a worthy splurge. You can purchase it here.

europe trip 3 months

For this Europe backpacking trip I invested in a portable luggage scale since I knew we would be flying lots of budget airlines that required you to keep your bags at a certain weight. It was definitely a necessity. Raise your hand if you’ve ever flown Ryanair! You’ll know what I mean. You can purchase the one I used here.

europe trip 3 months

I’d love a Fitbit, but unfortunately, it’s beyond my budget. I found this Fitness Tracker Watch on Amazon years ago and I’m totally obsessed with it. It’s only around $30 too, much cheaper than a Fitbit, but basically does the same thing. I loved it so much I bought my kids each one too. It’s awesome because they like to compete for the number of steps each day. You can set a goal, like 20,000 steps and when you reach it you receive a “trophy.” This has been an amazing motivator for me and my kids! You can purchase on here. 

europe trip 3 months

With all the incredible sites you’re about to see while backpacking Europe, you’ll want to be sure you have an excellent camera, but one that is not huge. A few years ago I traded in my bulky DSLR Canon camera for a much lighter and smaller Mirrorless Sony. I have the a7rii and love it. You can find my camera here .

europe trip 3 months

If that’s not in your budget (I saved up for 8 years) then I would definitely get the Sony a6000. Much cheaper, even smaller than my camera, but still takes awesome shots! You can purchase it here .

europe trip 3 months

I recommend using a 24-70 zoom lens for travel. It will give you good range with good depth of field. I like this Zeiss model. Don’t get too caught up on the quality of cameras. The best camera is the one you have on you. If you only use your phone, that’s great too!

europe trip 3 months

If you would like some tips you can read my 12 tips for   family travel photography. 

Since you’ll only be taking a few items of clothing to Europe in your backpack, you’ll need to wash fairly frequently. Many times, you may not have access to a washing machine or you may not have time to sit around in a laundromat. It’s helpful to have your own little portable wash bag and also your own powder detergent so that you can wash when you want to.

These are especially handy for washing your underwear in a pinch. We brought one and used it at least once a week! They take up almost no room, so even if you don’t end up using it you won’t feel bad, but they are seriously a necessity!

europe trip 3 months

So you don’t need to haul an entire package of laundry detergent around with you, these laundry detergent packets will be essential. I suggest packing at least 1 per week of your trip. If you don’t have room, don’t sweat it. You can always buy detergent in Europe! You can find these Sink Suds here.

europe trip 3 months

Along with washing your own laundry, you’ll need to hang dry your clothes. Having your own clothespins and string can be helpful for hanging drying laundry in random places. We’ve dried our clothes in the strangest of places before, but you can’t have wet underwear! Purchase clothespins here and string here.

europe trip 3 months

You never know what’s going to happen on the road. It’s best to be prepared for anything. A small travel first aid kit takes up almost no space but can be invaluable. My daughter sprained her ankle in Iceland and had to have it wrapped for several days. Now if only I could pack crutches in that backpack! You can purchase one here. 

I love my Hydroflask, but they are big and heavy and take up quite a bit of space. I like using these reusable collapsible water bottles when we are tight on space. You can purchase them here .

europe trip 3 months

I’d say this is for the loud planes, trains, and unfamiliar and bright bedrooms, but let’s be honest, this is really to block the kids out. Amiright?! Nevertheless, if you’re backpacking with kids or without, these are essential items to bring with you. I love these eyemasks that look like bras for your eyes, but they’re great because they allow room for your eyelashes, which has always been a major complaint of mine.  And you can get earplugs for a few bucks. Purchase the eyemask  here   and the earplugs   here .

europe trip 3 months

With all the traveling you’ll be doing between destinations, you’ll want to have some form of entertainment for you and the kids. Whether that’s audiobooks, games, movies, or ebooks, you’ll probably want a good pair of headphones that don’t take up much space in your backpack. And you may have some days where you just need to tune each other out. I won’t judge! Been there, done that!

I’ve had these LG Bluetooth headphones for about 3 years now and they’re the best. I know everyone is raving about AirPods, but I cannot get those suckers in my child-sized ears apparently.  This headset comes with several size options for the earbuds. You can purchase them here .

I like these Sony headphones for the kids. They take up a little more space, but they do fold up really nicely. They’re great for younger ones who aren’t quite big enough to use earbuds. You can purchase those here .

europe trip 3 months

If you’d like a quick printable backpacking Europe packing list, you can download this here.  This backpacking Europe checklist will help you keep your stuff organized and ensure you don’t leave anything behind.

europe trip 3 months

Before going, be sure to read my tips for visiting Europe . I learned a lot during our 3 months backpacking around Europe and I want to share my most important tips for backpacking Europe with kids so that you don’t make the same mistakes I did. How to backpack through Europe without getting stressed:

  • Don’t over-plan: Part of the fun of backpacking around Europe is being able to be flexible and enjoy the journey. It’s difficult to do that when each day is scheduled out to the max. Make time to sit quietly by the ocean or to reflect in an ancient church. All totally easy things to do with kids right?!
  • Don’t go too fast: I recommend spending at least one week in each stop. Unpacking and packing can be time-consuming and stressful. You’ll also need to give yourself a few days to wash and dry the laundry.
  • Plan downtime: This is especially important if you’ll be traveling at a fast pace. Kids and adults both need down days mixed in with travel and exploring days. Playing tourist is fun, but some days you might just need a day to rest, watch Netflix, and cook a meal at home. Incorporating some “real life” activities into your travel can help to prevent travel burnout or homesickness.

europe trip 3 months

  • Give yourself plenty of time on travel days: Travel days always take longer than you think and they always take more out of you than you think. Give yourself plenty of time before flights and trains so that you’re not stressed. You never know who will have to go to the bathroom just before getting on a bus!
  • Don’t overpack: When packing for your Europe backpacking trip, be sure to have the kids try out their packs. Make sure they can walk around with them for at least an hour without breaking down.
  • Train for your Europe backpacking trip: Backpacking through Europe will be much more physically demanding than you might think. Even if you’re not doing any hiking, just moving from one place to the next with your kids and all your stuff is taxing! Be sure you and your kids are in top shape before leaving. Take long walks with your packs, go on hikes, count your steps using a fitness tracker watch and see if you can get around 20,000 each day, which is probably the minimum you’ll do for backpacking Europe.

europe trip 3 months

I hope you’re feeling more confident about your Europe backpacking trip. It takes a lot of planning and a lot of patience, but you will have an incredible time. Just remember nothing always goes as planned, so don’t get upset if that happens. Just roll with the punches and enjoy the journey! 

If you need help planning your Europe backpacking trip, please get in touch with me via email , Facebook , or Instagram .

' src=

Wanderlust Crew

5 thoughts on “ how to plan a europe backpacking trip for your family ”.

' src=

Love all the tips! Where were you flying from in the US? I’d love to know how you found such cheap flights! That’s where it really adds up for us, we’re also a family of 6 but live in a place that is often expensive to fly from.

' src=

Hi Sam. It really does make a difference doesn’t it!? We flew out of San Francisco. I find it is sometimes worth it to buy cheap flights from a major airport and find a way to get there if you can do it affordably. Sometimes it’s worth it and sometimes not!

' src=

Stumbled across your blog and am really intrigued by your Europe trip. I too am amazed at the cost of flights. Did you really get flights from Iceland to Scotland for $20 per person and from Scotland to Greece for $10 per person or is the total in your budget per person for flights? Where and when did you book flights? And what airlines? I am assuming the cost is American. (We are Canadian)

Hi K, Yes sorry I should have specified, it is all in US dollars. And yes European flights are SO much cheaper than domestic flights in the US or Canada. It’s crazy! Check out Ryan Air and Easy Jet!

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Notify me of follow-up comments by email.

Notify me of new posts by email.

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

VIEWS 

Paris Cityscape City Views

One of the most beautiful things I’ve found about traveling, you’re not sure what tomorrow will bring. No matter where the journey take’s me, I’m bringing you along with me!  Happy Traveling!

europe trip 3 months

The Ultimate 3 Months in Europe: Carry-On Summer Packing Guide (with Free Checklist)

May 10, 2022.

My time is quickly approaching for my summer adventures in Europe for three-month – less than a week. I’m beyond excited about exploring the different culture, trying the best foods and restaurants, and seeing of course the best views that many only read about.

It’s time to start packing!

While accommodation and traveling around Europe can be done cheaply, I dont want to have the added cost of checking a suitcase every time I take a hopper flight or train ride. I’ll definitely live out of a carry-on bag for this type of summer adventure . My goal will be to be smart about how I pack! By knowing what essential items I need, and what items can be optional, so I can make the most use out of my carry-on space.

Keep reading for the ultimate guide to for what to pack on your next trip to Europe, with a checklist provided at the end!

The Ultimate 3 Months in Europe: Carry-On Summer Packing Guide (with Free Checklist)

Why Use a Carry-On

There are a lot of benefits to using a carry-on when doing long term travel. The first, and maybe the most obvious, is that it will be the cheapest option for you as you go on various flights, trains, and ferries on your trip. A big reason a lot of people like traveling throughout Europe for extended periods of time is because its so cheap once youre on the continent. But airlines and train companies typically have added fees for checking bags. So having to pay 30 or 50 EUR for each leg of your journey will add up over the summer.

It is also more convenient for you. For starters, you will always have your eyes on your bag as you put it in overhead compartments. There wont be a fear of an airline losing your one bag that you plan on living out of for a summer. It will also be a lot easier for you to get off of a flight or train ride and into a cabor even start walkingto your accommodation without dragging a large suitcase behind you. And when you get to your accommodation, especially if youre staying at hostels, you can easily fit your carry-on bag into a locker or secured space under a bed way easier than any full-sized luggage .

There are some things you will need to be aware of that come with using a carry-on bag for an extended summer trip like traveling around Europe. You will most definitely need to use laundromats when you get to new cities, or maybe before you leave for a new city. You will be repeating outfits and will probably only be able to pack a couple staple items (more on that below!). But ultimately, these were things you would have had to accept anyways. No luggage would be big enough to fit three months worth of clothing, so you would have had to use laundromats and repeat outfits anyways.

What Type of Bag Should You Use

While a lot of discount airlines do vary on their requirements for carry-on bags (and you should always review their guidance before investing in a carry-on bag), there are some options on the market that you can assume would be allowed by most companies. If youre traveling for three months, the carry-on bag that you use will become the most important piece of gear that you own, so you want to make sure you get a sturdy bag that fits your needs.

For some people, this means a travel backpack . Popular travel backpacks on the market are within the carry-on limits of most airlines. A lot of these bags will have organization compartments, suspension systems, padded straps, and hip belts to help make transportation of everything you have easier on you. They are going to be more expensive than a normal backpack, but thats because there is a lot of technology in them that make them a great travel option.

You can also invest in a wheeled suitcase. Truthfully, you will probably always be able to fit more into a travel backpack, but if you know you can compromise on some items coming with you, a wheeled bag is easier to transport .

No matter what type of bag you ultimately end up investing in, you will also want to look into purchasing packing cubes. These help you organize your bag and compress your clothing a bit so you can put more into your pack. This isnt the most necessary if youre only bringing a few outfits and using your bag for more technology, but they can be very helpful!

Clothes and Shoes

Depending on what type of trip you plan on having will determine what type of clothing you should bring. If you think youll be going to fancy restaurants, museums, and taking the best Instagram fashion photos your whole trip, youll need more blouses than t-shirts. Similarly, if you plan on hiking a ton, youll want to pack more activewear. These suggestions assume youll be doing a bit of everything on your trip

You should probably start your trip with three to five t-shirts. You may want to leave some room if you know youll be buying some on your trip . Similarly, five blouses or button downs will get you far for museums and dinners. And its safe to assume that you should have two or three going out tops, too.

Since your trip is during the summer, you should probably only pack one or two pairs of jeans (remember, air conditioning is not standard in a lot of Europe). Bring more shorts, whether denim or some other breathable fabric, about five pairs. Depending on your preference, four pairs of active bottoms (shorts, leggings) will make your travel more comfortable and let you have options for hikes or relaxing days .

Again, air conditioning in Europe isnt a norm. If you feel comfortable wearing dresses, they are a great option for both exploring new cities, visiting sights, and relaxing in. Having four to five dresses will give you options throughout the week. Biker shorts or thigh cream can also help if you chafe!

Underwear and socks are ultimately going to decide how many days in between laundry you plan on going. If you only pack a weeks worth of underwear, you will be at a laundromat at least every 7 days, maybe less if you work out or something happens and you need to change mid-day. Packing about 10 to 14 pairs of each give you a little wiggle room in case you do change your undergarments more than once a day while also saving you some money by not needing to go every single week.

If you wear bras, you should pack two sports bars, one or two bralettes, and two normal bras (whatever that means for you!). This is also a preference thingif you prefer washing your bra after every single wear, treat this like underwear and pack more.

No matter what type of trip youre planning, you will be doing a lot of walking. For this reason, a comfortable pair of walking shoes is very necessary. A nice white pair is versatile and will go with everything. One pair of going on neutral-colored shoes is enough. And if youre staying in hostels, make sure you pack flip flops for the showers! Shoes are also one of those things that you may just want to buy when you get to your first stop in Europe, and then throw them out before you leave. They will get a lot of miles in during your trip, so it will be worth it.

Thankfully visiting Europe in the summer means no heavy coat. You may want to bring a light raincoat, or you can just purchase one if necessary while on your trip.

If youre traveling through Europe during the summer, you will definitely be going to some stunning beaches. If you think youll be going to the beach on back-to-back days, bring two or three pairs of swimsuits is worth it. If youre only planning on here and there beach trips, one is plenty. Most beaches will have cheap towel rentals, so you dont have to worry about that.

And finally, bring something to sleep in (dont be the naked sleeper in your shared hostel room!). This could be one of the t-shirts and shorts you already packed, or it could be your traveling outfit that you wash when you get to a new place .

And if you want to bring accessorieslike a watch, jewelry, or sunglassesmake sure you have some type of organizer so you dont lose them in between travels. You wont want to bring your most expensive items, but if you always wear a smart watch and a set of rings or earrings, keep it minimal.

Taking a carry-on means you will have to follow the 3 oz/100 ml rule if you are flying to cities. If you are taking mostly trains or buses, you should buy your shampoo and conditioner and body wash when you get to your first city. Bringing 3 oz of shower care items wont get you past the first week on your trip. But if you are flying a lot, you can get carry-on sized items in each city as necessary.

Pack stick deodorant if you dont want to use the European spray deodorant. You should pack your toothbrush and purchase new toothpaste as necessary.

Because of the liquid rules, it is best to transition to powder makeup as much as you can (mascara counts as a liquid!).

You will of course want to pack your phone and laptop and their chargers. If you dont think youll need your laptop and can get away with a tablet, that would be the better option. Headphones will also be very helpful. And a multi-country travel adapter is crucial, or else none of these items will work!

Of course, the first you should pack if your passport. Make sure where you are going doesnt require any additional visas! Across Europe, you may find that you have to use your passport and not your countrys ID to get into bars or purchase alcohol. You will still want your home countrys ID or license, a student ID if applicable (you will notice a lot of student discounts), and your insurance cards.

It is smart to convert some money to Euros before leaving, in case something happens with a credit card once over there. Tell your bank and credit card provider that you will be traveling so they dont place a hold on your account.

And finally, if you have planned out the trip and arent doing spontaneous moves across Europe, print out your itinerary and any receipts for flights, trains, buses, and accommodation you have coming up.

You will absolutely need to pack a lock if you plan on staying in hostels. Take advantage of the lockers they provide, even if they charge a small fee. Your whole life is in your bag, and you need to protect it.

You should also bring a small bag or fanny pack to use as you walk around. It should only hold your wallet, phone, and sunglasses. You dont want anything too big or with an unsecure openingpickpocketing is unfortunately still a big thing in major European cities. A flap top bag that locks is the best.

One thing I pack when traveling overseas is a towel. Accommodations depending on the country won’t always have them available. Pack a microfiber towel incase for either for the beach or shower, just in case!

Free Carry-On Packing Checklist

Spending a summer in Europe is a dream for a lot and you can ensure that you wont be stressed if you pack correctly. By being prepared and putting in some work to figure out everything you will absolutely need, and everything that you probably wont use, you can take on less stress out of the trip of a lifetime.

The Ultimate 3 Months in Europe: Carry-On Summer Packing Guide (with Free Checklist)

Read More Travel Tips! Travel Like A Bawse: Tripadvisor Hacks That You Probably Didn’t The Best Discount Cards To Use While Traveling Europe Travel Like A Bawse: Tripadvisor Hacks That You Probably Didn’t

europe trip 3 months

FAV dESTINATIONS

europe trip 3 months

browse by category

Sign up for my newsletter to never miss a post! Get monthly updates on blog posts, new favorite products, giveaways and so much more. You can unsubscribe anytime!

JOIN THE COMMUNITY

europe trip 3 months

Sharing underrated destinations, hidden-gems, and specular views!

© copyright 2024 Congologie Studios

follow my adventures

europe trip 3 months

browse categories

Afternoon Tea Reads

How To Comfortably Long Term Slow Travel In Europe

Posted on Published: December 15, 2020  - Last updated: December 19, 2023

Categories Europe , Travel Tips

There’s never going to be a good time to quit your life back home and long term slow travel for a few months. Let me tell you from first hand experience, this isn’t an easy task but it’s incredibly worth it!

In fall 2019 my partner and I took the plunge to embarked on the biggest trip of our life. We left Montreal behind to slow travel Europe for 4 months. This took a lot of planning , and we of course still ran into some hiccups along the way.

We lived in Brussels, Edinburgh, Aix-en-Provence, and Barcelona for one month each! We decided to travel during low-season in the fall from September through December. This way, we could enjoy the local atmosphere without the abundance of tourist season (plus it made it a bit cheaper!).  

Keep in mind, this is not a guide to how we backpacked for 4 months in Europe. We saved up from years of working so we could live comfortably while we were away. We did have a budget, and we didn’t spend our money extravagantly, but we made sure we had enough to not have regrets and live comfortably during our long term travel.  

Psst! This blog post contains affiliate links in it which sends me a bit of extra money if you use them… at no extra cost to you!

When Should You Go? There’s Never A Perfect Time…

There’s never going to be the perfect time to stop everything and put your life on hold for four months. That’s why you just have to do it. We decided to take the leap because I was working a dead-end job and my partner was in the final stages of his PhD (writing his thesis).  

I was going to quit my job anyway, so I just put off looking for a new one for a few months. For him, he could work from anywhere. We realized that he’d be working full time after he graduated, so this might be our last opportunity to leave the city for an extended period of time.  

And just like that, we started planning!  Before we knew it we were off to slow travel Europe for four wonderful months.

travel-planner-close-up-thumbnail

Plan the ultimate vacation

My  digital travel planner template  has everything you need to plan your vacation: research templates, travel planner itinerary, travel budget templates…etc. . You can print it out or use it digitally on your phone, tablet, or computer.

europe trip 3 months

Considerations Before You Leave

What kind of trip are you looking for.

When we did this trip, we were 25 and 26. We could have backpacked for 4 months in Europe, but that didn’t interest us. You could easily make this into four months of intense hostel jumping and partying. You’d probably be able to ‘see’ more countries but we were more interested in slow travel in Europe. You know, getting a taste of local experiences and cultures.  

So we decided to live in one place for an entire month, took our time exploring the city and the surrounding areas. We didn’t travel everyday, we had a lot of days off where my partner worked on his thesis and I worked on this blog. It was the perfect excuse to sit in a local cafe for the afternoon and recuperate from the day trip we took the day before.  

Keep in mind, this was not the Euro trip to be cheap. We didn’t live in luxury for four months, but we lived comfortably, as we would have at home . We saved up enough money over several years to be able to do this. We didn’t want to have missed out on opportunities and for lack of funds to be the reason.

hair-in-face-arthurs-long-term-travel-guide

How Long Do You Want To Travel For: Why We Chose 4 Months In Europe?

4 months in Europe was a slightly random decision, but it was actually the perfect amount of time for us. We didn’t want to leave for too long (like 6 months) because we still had responsibilities at home (like my partner graduating from his PhD!). But, we wanted it to be longer than a 2 month summer camp experience. We figured that four months is like a semester abroad. 

Let me tell you, by the end of our trip, we were ready to go back home. We were exhausted, felt like we had so many new unimaginable memories to look back on, and we really missed our bed! 

Tips For Long Term Travel For Canadians…

As a Canadian, you have to live in your province for 4 to 6 months of the year (depending on the province) for health care. We ran into an issue though. As a Canadian, we’re also only allowed to stay in the Shengen zone in Europe for 3 months every 6 months.

The Shengen zone is pretty much all western Europe, with a few exceptions (like the UK and Ireland). So, without a visa, you’re only be able to stay for 3 months… We still managed to do our four month trip by leaving the Shengen zone for a month. 

Should You Apply For A Visa?

If you do want to stay longer, as a Canadian, you’re able to apply for work away visas (like the  International Experience Visa ). This is primarily easy for those looking to go to Europe and are under 30. A visa allows you to live and work abroad for up to 2 years.  

We opted against this, as we wanted it to be more of a vacation for us, not a work away from home.

loch-lomond-slow-travel-europe-guide

Responsibilities Back Home To Cancel

Applying for a visa and booking accommodations and flights are one thing. Dealing with your responsibilities at home is an entire other ball game.  

There are so many monthly costs to life. I’m talking things like rent, a car lease, and your phone bill! But then there’s where you’re going to receive mail, if you have any plants…etc.  

Most people probably wouldn’t have done what we did, but we were so happy we did. We pretty much didn’t cancel ANYTHING during our 4 months in Europe . All our friends thought were INSANE! But I assure you, there was a reason for everything.  

Another thing to watch out for, look ahead to see what costs might be coming up in the upcoming months when you’re away. For example, my partner’s car registration was due in October so he had to pay it before we left. This can also be your license, any taxes …etc.

Monthly Costs Worth Cancelling

Here’s an overview of some of the monthly costs we pay for that you may want to cancel for your long term travel:

  • Car Insurance
  • Home/ Renters Insurance
  • Phone Plans (Mobile, Home)

sunset-scotland-long-term-travel

So Why Didn’t We Cancel Anything?

First, we wanted to keep our phone numbers, so we paid a smaller monthly fee to keep them without having an actual talk/text plan.  

Next was the car. We looked into doing a lease transfer or trading it back to the dealer, but at the end of the day we had to pay 1-2 thousand dollars to get rid of it (more than our payments for the four months!) and this way we would have a car when we got back. But once we decided not to trade it in or do a lease transfer, we needed to find an alternative.

We don’t have a parking spot, and it’s not exactly a good idea to leave a car inactive for four months. So we offered the car to my sister for those months. She had a parking spot at her apartment and now she had access to a car! It was a win win for everyone!

renting-a-car-in-provence

Are You Telling Me You Paid Rent For 4 Months But Didn’t Live There??

Yes, that’s exactly what I’m saying. People thought we were mad when they heard we had been paying rent for four months but weren’t living there anymore. Again, we did the calculations and it didn’t cost for us to not keep it.  

There were a lot of costs associated with us not keeping our apartment back home. We’d need a moving company, monthly storage for everything, and then another moving company when we got back.

There’s also the added stress of then finding a new place. We figured we’d have had to live at my parents house until we found a place… not exactly ideal in my mind. 

But, then we ran into the issue of leaving the apartment unattended for four months. We offered it to my younger sister to live in on the weekends (she lived at my parents in the suburbs, our apartment was in the city).

working-remote-in-spain

You might also be interested in reading…

  • How To Travel While Working Remotely: 10 Things You Need

This killed several birds with one stone. She got a place to stay on the weekends in the city, and we had someone to water our plants, check on the apartment, and check our mail. She did pay us for amenities that she wanted but we didn’t need to pay for if no one was there (like heating and internet).  

Alternatively, we could have sublet our place. To be honest though, I’m not so keen on having a stranger live with my personal belongings. But that could be an option for you!

walking-through-roussillon-road-trip-from-aix

Setting An Appropriate Budget For 4 Months In Europe

As I mentioned, this was not a backpacking Euro trip. Our long term travel budget was quite a bit higher than if it was, but we nonetheless still had a budget. We set an appropriate budget for ourselves to make sure that we didn’t come back totally broke. We still wanted some money in the bank, especially since I didn’t know how long it would take me to find a new job.  

A budget is also important for setting certain guidelines for how much to spend. For example, we had a budget for accommodations, food, attractions, and everything travel related.  

When I budget, I always over estimate EVERYTHING! Just because I’d rather think I can spend more and then spend less, you always need some wiggle room. There’s also always unforeseen expenses, and you might spend less in some areas, but more in others! 

Figure out how you want to live when you’re abroad. We more or less wanted to keep the same lifestyle we were living at home, plus the added travel costs. So that was the starting point for our budget.   We ended up budgeting that the trip would cost us around $33 000 CAD ($16 500 each).

long-term-travel-south-of-france

Long Term Slow Travel Budget Vs. Reality

Our initial budget for the trip was around $33 000 CAD and we ended up being off by about $9 000! Again, I’d rather be expecting to spend more, and have the money, than budgeting less and get caught in an undesirable situation. The final tally for the trip was around $24 000 CAD ($12 000 for one person). 

We spent more or less what we thought we would on food and monthly living expenses (minus accommodations). That’s because it’s similar to what we spend in Montreal (about $150/week).  

Every month, our credit card came to $3,000 when we were away which was double what it was at home. But now we had the added travel expenses.  

The main place where we were off was the cost for our accommodations. When we initially budgeted, we had thought we’d be able to find a month long stay for $1500… MAX. This was not the case!  Booking an Airbnb for a month cost us an extra $1 000 than we thought it would. We wanted a reputable host, and in a good location, so you have to pay for that!

What We Spent For 4 Months Abroad (2 People)

Return Flight To Europe : $2 000 (upgraded to include luggage) Inter-Europe Transportation : $1 000 (flights, trains, buses…etc.) Total : $3 000

Accommodations : $2 500/ month  Total : $10 000

Monthly Costs: (Food, touring, misc…etc.): $3 000/ month  Total : $12 000

Total: $24 000 Each: $12 000

sitting-france-airbnbsitting-france-airbnb

Long Term Travel Money Saving Opportunities

We chose the timing of our 4 months in Europe (Sept-January) for a reason. This is low season in Europe. Not only does that mean less tourists to deal with, but a lot of the flights, hotels, and attractions may offer certain low season discounts.  

But! Be aware that some places might also be quite empty and even closed during low season! 

We also chose to stay for a month in each location for a reason: airbnb hosts will offer discounts the longer you stay. Our discounts ranged from 60% to 25% off! That makes a huge difference! We also saved on booking an Airbnb because we were able to buy local and cook our own meals.

Another trick is to get a travel credit card or bank account! Continue reading for tips!

waterfront view in the fall couple standing in front of view

Traveling as a couple? Here’s some tips to save money

cheering-to-sainte-victoire

What To Do About Foreign Exchange Fees

Paying foreign exchange fees when you’re on vacation is never fun (especially for us Canadians). We don’t usually think about it because it’s for about 2 weeks. When you’re travelling for longer, it can add up quite a bit! 

There are two main ways to avoid paying a foreign exchange fee, and maybe even get some money back! You can sign up for an appropriate credit card or bank account. Opening up a bank account in another country is typically a bit trickier. For us, it really didn’t work because we were constantly changing countries.  

Instead, we found out that Scotiabank in Canada has agreements with several foreign banks though ( see the list here ). We opened up an account (it was free for us as my partner was a student) and this meant that we could take out money at certain banks without paying any fees.  

For a credit card, we traveled with the Rogers Mastercard. It had 3% cash back on foreign purchases at the time (now it’s 1.5%), and no foreign exchange fee. The Rogers Mastercard ended up being killer! We even payed back some of the trip with the cash back we got!

The Scotiabank account though was a bit unnecessary. We left with €100 for Belgium, and then we only took out cash about once a month (a total of three times). It would have been fine to pay the small fee to take out the money at that point.

monaco-slow-long-term-travel-guide

Double Check Your Travel Insurance!

We thankfully did not need to use it, but you still need to have it. We were on my partners insurance plan which included travel insurance. Because he was a student, the travel insurance covered up to 6 months (I guess to accommodate semester abroad). Double check your insurance if it covers long term travel. You might need to get separate coverage. 

In addition to travel insurance, make sure you’re covered for car insurance if you want to rent a car while abroad. We were covered through both our credit cards. I’d recommend going over the policies to know exactly what you’re covered for though! You don’t want to think you’re covered for something, but aren’t. 

booking-direct-flights_overhead

5 Money Saving Tips For Booking Direct Flights Online

driving-thorugh-scotland

The Fun Part: Choosing Where To Go

Now that you’ve figured out what kind of trip you want, how long you’re traveling for, and your budget, it’s time for the fun part! Choosing your destination(s) for your long term travel experience is so important.

Depending on how long you’re traveling for, you might decide to stay in one place or travel around to a few.  We decided that a month in one place would be more than enough time to explore and learn about the culture. So, we chose four completely different places based on four main factors.

ultimate-travel-Bundle-thumbnail

Buy The Travel Bundle & Save

Get everything you need to be a travel pro with my Ultimate Digital Travel Package ! It comes with a travel planner, daily travel journal, packing list, and even an Eye Spy game to stay entertained! Everything can be printed, or used digitally on the go!

See the bundle on Etsy .

1. Location, Location, Location!

I’m not just really excited about the location, there are three location factors you have to decide on for your long term travel.

The first location you have to decide on is what continent you want to travel around for your long term slow travel adventure? Do you want to go as far away as possible from your home country or stay relatively close? We threw around the idea of traveling to Australia or Asia, just because you’d rather only do that kind of big flight once!

We ultimately decided on 4 months in Europe because we wanted to be a bit closer to home and knew a few people already there. We didn’t want to be completely cut off. My dad travels to Europe for business, so we figured we could see him (which we did) and we met up with a few friends along the way. 

bundled-up-in-scotland-weather

Second, you have to decide on the country? Do you want to stay in one country, or maybe travel to a few on that continent?

The third location is all about the city. Do you want a relaxing beach vacation or experience high intensity city life?

We wanted a bit of everything, so we wanted places that were more or less centrally located that had really good day or weekend trip opportunities. But, we also wanted a big enough city that we could hang around there if we chose to. 

2. Do You Speak The Language?

If you’re living somewhere for a month or longer, you probably want to know the language… at least a bit. We debated on some smaller towns in Italy (based on the weather) but… we don’t know any Italian. 

For us, another main goal for spending 4 months in Europe was to improve our French, so we were looking for French-speaking countries.

cologne-couple-picture

3. The Schengen Zone & Visa Requirements

Are you able to stay in Europe for the amount of time that you want to travel for? We needed to leave the Schengen zone for at least one month, so we needed a place outside! 

See more information about the  Schengen zone . If you’re looking to stay in the Schengen Zone, find out more about an  International Experience Visa  for Canadians. 

4. Weather Considerations For Long Term Travel

Weather played a HUGE factor for us when deciding where to go. Another goal for us was to escape some of winter. So we were looking for relatively warm fall weather in Europe. 

Weather also played a role because we were moving every month, we needed to keep it relatively consistent for packing reasons. I didn’t want to need shorts for September and then a winter jacket for December. 

Even with trying our best to find countries with similar weather, we had a lot of variance, and I ended up needing to buy a warmer jacket halfway through. But that’s why you always leave room in your suitcase!

quinn-farm-apple-picking-things-to-do-in-montreal-in-the-fall

Fall Travel: Pros Vs. Cons

high-five-in-highlands

Our Picks For 4 Months In Europe & Why!

We ended up living in Brussels, Edinburgh, Aix-en-Provence, and Barcelona.  

Brussels (in Belgium) had two perks for us. First, it was the ultimate central location in Europe. Not only were we able to travel throughout Belgium, but also the Netherlands, Luxembourg, and Germany. As an added bonus, we wanted to improve our French while we were away, and Brussels is primarily French.  

Next up we chose Edinburgh. Our decision to come to Scotland was purely based on the fact that we needed to leave the Schengen zone for one month. We could have gone anywhere in the U.K. or Ireland. Ireland was too expensive to live in Dublin, and I’d been to Edinburgh for the day already and fell in love with it!  

Aix-en-Provence, in the South of France, was actually the inspiration for this trip. Our dream was to live in the South of France, and then we stumbled upon Aix-en-Provence! The perfect spot to relax midway through the trip, and again, work on our French. Plus, it was the perfect weather when we were visiting in November.  

Our last destination was Barcelona, purely chosen for the impeccable December weather! We also knew a few people from Barcelona who helped us out planning that leg of the trip (like where to stay!). I’ll admit, it’s a lot easier to live somewhere for a month where you’re familiar with the language.

smurfs-brussels-comic-strip-festival

Long Term Slow Travel: How We Spent Our Days

As I mentioned, we wanted the full local experience and a more relaxed, slow travel Europe experience. That’s to say, this was not the go-go-go touring vacation we were used to. We spent time going to the grocery stores, cooking local food, and actually working (finding the best cafes in each city!). But, that doesn’t mean we also didn’t explore our home city a lot, and the surrounding area.

We ended up going on day trips about two to three times a week. When we stayed in our host city, we’d typically split our day in half. We’d tour in the morning, and then settle down in a local cafe to work in the afternoon. This also gave us some time to unwind, our day trips were usually pretty densely packed.  

Our itineraries also shifted based on where we were. In Brussels, our first location, we still had the travel bug and tons of energy. We went on the most day trips of the trip (including a 3-day overnight trip to Amsterdam! ).  

Scotland was similar with an overnight trip to the Highlands and 2 day trips a week. By the time we got to Aix-en-Provence, in the South of France, we were exhausted! Aix is a much smaller city, so we were able to relax a bit and travel at a much slower pace. We were able to just sit back, enjoy the local cafes, and focus more on our work. Barcelona on the other hand is a huge city, that we only went on 3 day trips throughout the entire month!

travel-journal-thumbnail

Never forget a favourite travel memory

Keep track of your travels every day with my digital and printable travel journal . Use it on the go on your phone or tablet, or print it out!

amsterdam-biking-amsterl-windmils

Booking Your Accommodations: Where To Stay For Long Term Travel

As I briefly mentioned before, we booked all our accommodations through Airbnb in each location. We did this because we were able to get a monthly discount. Plus, this way we could fully immerse ourselves in local culture by staying outside of the tourist epi-centers. It was unbeatable! We had our own place where we could cook, and make ourselves feel at home for the month.  

Another main perk for us by booking an Airbnb was that we looked for places specifically with a washing machine. Even though we were there for a month, we didn’t want to waste time waiting for laundry at a laundromat. This was something we spent extra on at our Airbnbs, but it was worth it! 

Booking an Airbnb also lets you seek out more local locations to stay. For example, we LOVED our stay in Gracia in Barcelona , a 20 minute walk from the city centre. Or Ixelles in Brussels, where we discovered our favourite local bar that we’d go to several times a week (shoutout to Le Pantin)!

workspace-barcelona-airbnb

Before Booking Your Airbnb For Long Term Travel: Read My Guide

bread-and-cheese-night-airbnb-rance

Packing Guide For 4 Months In Europe

What the f*** are you supposed to pack for 4 months in Europe? Obviously, you’re away for a long time, but you can’t exactly pack your entire wardrobe.

I packed myself and my partner in two MASSIVE suitcases ( TravelPro Maxlite 5 29″ ). I was worried they were a bit big… and to be fair, they probably were. They didn’t fit in most cars, but we never had to check them in as oversize luggage (which I was worried about). I’m a huge supporter of TravelPro, but I think one size smaller would have been better ( the TravelPro Maxlite 5 25″ ).  

travelpro-maxlite-5-review

Travelpro Maxlite 5 Review: Why Travelpro Is The Best Suitcase Brand

My mentality for packing for 4 months in Europe was to pack two weeks worth of clothing (NOT 4 months!). I didn’t want to be doing laundry every day. So, I brought two weeks worth of underwear, shirts, and pants.  

Here’s the list of everything I brought (keep in mind we traveled during the fall, so I brought warmer clothing) for 4 months in Europe. I also bought a few things while we were away (I needed a warmer jacket halfway through). 

Long Term Travel Packing List (For The Fall!)

  • 1 pair of shorts (in case of hot day in September)
  • 5 pairs of pants 
  • 14 shirts (12 short sleeve, 2 long sleeve)
  • 14 socks (+2 thin wool socks)
  • 20 underwear (take up no space and you always seem to run out!)
  • 2 pairs pajamas
  • 1 Bathing Suit
  • Boots ( Blundstones )
  • Sneakers (white  Stan Smiths )
  • Flip Flops  ( Plastic Birkenstocks  – perfect for walking around the apartments and showers, if necessary)
  • Oxfords  (fancier shoes that I could walk all day in)

Toiletries:

  • Conditioner
  • Battery powered toothbrush
  • Moisturizer
  • Hairbrush & hair elastics
  • Microfiber packable towels
  • Packable Kleenex
  • Mini Toiletries (for weekend trips: shampoo, soap…etc.)
  • Sherpa lined jean jacket
  • Thin bomber jacket
  • Water & windproof Kway (Packable)
  • Long yellow rain jacket
  • Cotton zip sweater
  • Thin wool pullover
  • 2 Cardigans (thick & thin)
  • Fanny pack ( Love the Lululemon Everywhere Belt Bag! )
  • Small purse
  • Knapsack 
  • Packable duffel bag
  • Packable totes
  • Adapters ( UK ,  EU )

Miscellaneous: 

  • Ziploc containers (for liquids while travelling and storing leftovers)
  • Plastic bags
  • Medication (full bottles: Advil, Tylenol, Allergy, Zinc)
  • Swiss army knife
  • Notebook & pens
  • Refillable water bottle
  • Pillow case

digital-packing-list-square

You might also be interested in…

My digital and printable packing guide on Etsy . Filled with packing planning prompts for your next trip!

what-to-pack-long-term-slow-travel

Long Term Travel Packing Guide Key Takeaways

What i’m happy i packed for slow travel in europe….

If you’ve read my packing guide , I mention not to pack any of these “what if” items, or items that you can only wear once. I’m not saying to pack only these items now, but you might want to pack some. You’re going to be away for a long time, you want to look nice, and be comfortable.  

For example, I packed my K-way (as a packable rain jacket) but then I also packed a larger yellow raincoat. This is not a practical travel item, it takes up a lot of space and I was already bringing a rain jacket, but I absolutely loved having it. It’s a lot longer than my K-way so it was perfect to wear when it rained in our home city.

Plus it really stood out in pictures! I also packed some comfortable lounge items (and probably packed way more pants than I needed because I brought some to just wear in the apartment!). I would never pack lounge pants on a regular vacation, but you kind of need it for long term travel.  

I also packed a thick mustard yellow cardigan, it was really warm, but mustard yellow… that does not go with everything! I would have shunned myself if I packed this for a 2 week vacation! 

7 Tips on How To Pack Your Suitcase Like A Pro

On top of some extra fashionable clothes, I also packed some kitchen items, like Tupperware and plastic bags. These came in handy so often. To travel, I stored my liquids in them, so they didn’t leak into my suitcase. But I also used them to store leftovers in! The plastic bags were useful to take snacks and lunch on the road! I could have bought these while I was there, but what’s the point, I’m going to need room for them in my suitcase anyway. 

I was also very happy to pack a silicone packable collapsible water bottle ( read why I chose the Nomader Collapsible water bottle ). Sure, it was great as a water bottle but it came in handy in so many more ways! I used it as an icepack when I needed to, and as a heating pad! So either pack a heating pad, or something that can turn into one!

What I’m Happy I Packed And You Should Pack Too For Slow Travel In Europe!

ThermoFlask 24 oz Double Wall Vacuum Insulated Stainless Steel Water Bottle with Spout and Straw Lids, Black

Shop Amazon.ca

Ziploc Container Large Rectangle, 9 cup Containers (4ct)

What I Wish I Packed For My Long Term Travel In Europe

Because we were staying in AirBnBs for 4 months in Europe, there were a few things that I wish I’d brought that I didn’t think of before.  

For example, a blanket for cozying up on the couch with. Something that I guess I take for granted at home while I’m watching TV. I don’t typically watch TV on vacation so it didn’t even cross my mind to pack. I ended up going out and buying a cheap one at Primark (btw Primark is going to be your best friend!). If you don’t want to bring one from one, order a new one for travel from Amazon like this one .

I also wish I packed my pillow for long term travel in Europe. I always pack my own pillow case but I never thought about packing my pillow itself. It was really stupid that I didn’t. My pillow is one of those down-filled pillows that flatten to nothing and wouldn’t have added any weight to my suitcase. 

What I Wish I’d Packed For Long Term Travel!

A cozy blanket for long term travel.

US Quality Lightweight Super Soft & Cozy Fleece Blanket – Premium Throw for Beds, Travel, Home Decor and Pets – 40x60 Inches All Season Anti-Pill Blanket (Plum)

A Collapsible Travel Mug For Slow Travel In Europe

STOJO Collapsible Travel Cup - Mint, 12oz / 355ml - Reusable To-Go Pocket Size Silicone Cup for Hot and Cold Drinks - Perfect for Camping and Hiking - Microwave & Dishwasher Safe

Looking back, it was a no brainer that I should’ve brought my pillow for long term travel. Especially because as it turns out I’m quite picky with the pillow I sleep on. Less than halfway through the trip I ended up with terrible neck and shoulder pain.

It probably could have been avoided if only I’d packed my pillow. I’m usually fine on vacation with pillows, but I usually never sleep on the same bad one more than a few nights in a row. Anyway, if you can, bring your pillow, you can thank me later!  

Last but not least, I brought all these packable items, like duffels and tote bags, even a packable rain jacket. But, I didn’t think to bring a packable travel cup (like a Stojo Collapsible cup – read my review! ) for long term slow travel. It would have come in handy on several occasions. There were many mornings when we left super early in a hurry so I didn’t have time for my a coffee or tea. It’s a good way to save a few euros here and there (plus more eco-friendly!)

europe trip 3 months

Stojo Collapsible Cup For Long Term Slow Travel Review

packing-examples in a carryon

How To Get A Data Plan Abroad For Long Term Travel!?

I still remember the first time I traveled in Europe when I was 19. It didn’t even cross our minds to get an international data plan. We traveled around, without any data for an entire month. We would download offline maps and jump from WIFI to WIFI spots throughout the cities. This doesn’t really work for long term slow travel…

When you’re on a long term travel adventure, and living somewhere, it’s kind of hard nowadays to be without a data plan. Today, the easiest way to get a data plan is actually with an eSIM card. Most new phones these days are equipped with two SIM card slots, on regular and one for an eSIM (an electronic SIM).

You can buy a plan before you leave through an app like Airalo … P.S. Save on your first international data plan with my code MEGHAN4678 or  click here

If your phone doesn’t have an eSIM slot, you can still do it the old fashioned way. When you arrive abroad, just to swap out your SIM card. Remember to unlock your phone at home first! You can order it online before you leave, but we just bought it when we first landed at  Orange . All you need is an address (we gave our Airbnb) and your passport.  

Alternatively, you can also buy  pocket WIFI . We actually booked each of our Airbnb’s with pocket WIFI, but none of them actually had it (I think they just thought it meant regular WIFI…?). It’s essentially a portable WIFI router that you can connect to on the go.

getting-a-data-plan-long-term-travel

Important: Stay Connected To Home During Long Term Travel

I cannot stress this enough! This is also a reason to get a data plan for long term travel. You want to stay connected to home as much as possible.  

If you need to, plan times to call your parents, siblings, grand parents, aunts, uncles, cousins, friends… etc. It’s important to not lose touch with people back home, remember, they’re the ones that are going to be there when you get back .  

It’s going to be hard, but make an effort, put it into your calendar if you have to. We made sure that we spoke to people at least once a month. And I don’t mean just sending off a text once a month, I mean getting on video call with them. They also want to hear from you and all about everything you’ve been up to! 

I also put in an extra effort to share updates every day through a photo sharing app (like iCloud, Google Photos…). Plus this way you get to go over your pictures everyday and show off your best ones! You can also start a blog, but that takes a lot more effort… trust me!

cafe-seventy-hotel-barcelona

What I Learned From Slow Travel In Europe

Appreciation for home & better habits.

Travel is exhausting. It’s nice to have a place to call home where I can relax in the comfort of my home! 4 months in Europe taught me to appreciate my own backyard a bit more. When we came back to Montreal, we put our long term slow travel routines to good use. 

We decided to take back our weekends and explored a lot more of Québec. In fact, we were pleasantly surprised by what we found.  We used to be exhausted from the work week, and don’t get me wrong, we still are. But we made a promise to ourselves to go on a day trip at least one day of our weekend. We can relax on Sunday, but Saturday we need to get out – no excuses! 

It’s also nice to be around family and friends, and not have to video call people all the time. At the end of the day, long term slow travel is such a unique experience that I wouldn’t trade for the world.

mont-gale-hiking-an-hour-from-montreal

If I Did It Over Again, What Would I Change?

Honestly, I don’t think I would change anything. It was practically perfect in every way! Anything that went wrong throughout our 4 months in Europe, has since turned into hilarious memories and life lessons (like when when we were almost washed up by the sea in North Berwick walking to Tantallon Castle !).

Well, maybe I would change one thing… invest in a good place to stay during long term travel. Keep in mind, you’re going to be sleeping here for quite a few nights, you want it to be as comfortable as it can be. It’s worth spending a little bit more for a nicer place. We did cheap out on our first Airbnb in Brussels and it definitely affected that part of the trip.

But…Did Our French Improve At All??

I know this is the question you’ve been waiting for. Did our French improve at all during our 4 months in Europe!?

Well, I like to believe that I’m more confident speaking French now compared to before. I think the biggest difference isn’t necessarily speaking French, but we watch a lot more French TV now than before. It gave me more of an appreciation and drive to be better at the language. 

botanical-gardens-edinburgh-hidden-gemsbotanical-gardens-edinburgh-hidden-gems

Quick Links – My Amazon Travel Favourites

Travelpro Maxlite 5 Softside Expandable Upright 2 Wheel Carry on Luggage, Lightweight Suitcase, Men and Women, Black, Carry On 22-Inch

Related Travel Guides

  • How To Decide if Fall Travel in Europe Is For You?
  • Money Saving Hacks For Couples
  • How To Plan Your Vacation In 9 Simple Steps

Share My In-Depth Long Term Slow Travel Guide With Others!

How To Long Term and Slow Travel Comfortably Across Europe

Last update on 2024-04-24 / Affiliate links / Images from Amazon Product Advertising API

Jane Williams

Sunday 11th of June 2023

Just loved this article. My husband and I are hoping to spend up to 6 months travelling through Europe and the UK in 2024. You are so inspiring and brave for taking this step in your lives. As we are retired, we are hoping that this may be our last big adventure. Thank you for sharing your experience. Jane

Monday 12th of June 2023

Thank you so much Jane! I hope you have a wonderful 6 month trip - that sounds amazing and is really the dream! Enjoy being with each other and getting to experience new adventures together!

Don't hesitate to reach out if you have any other questions about longer term travel!

Tuesday 11th of April 2023

I searched 'live in europe three months' and came across this article. Nicely done. A bunch of years ago, we took a year off and travelled around the world with our kids for nine months. Three months in Europe, then the Middle East, India, and Southeast Asia. An absolute life changer. While we didn't stay anywhere for a month, there were a number of extended stays (like two weeks on a Greek island, two weeks in Istanbul, two weeks in Gokarna, India (which was super fabulous, by the way)), and lots of one week stays here and there. We rarely stayed only one night in any place. One of the things we learned early on was to pack light! We each (four of us) had our own backpack, and mine was the largest at 80 litres. A good backpack made stairs and cobblestone and all forms of travel much more relaxed. As well, knowing that if you forget something really important (other than your own pillow), wherever you are, whatever you need, the people there will likely need it to, so you can probably find it somewhere. Now we're looking at some post retirement trips that involve some version of slow travel, like three months entirely in Croatia (with maybe a little visit to Montenegro and/or Slovenia), or maybe something similar to what you've done, and spend a month each in Crete, Itay, Portugal, or some other warm combination. Coming from the Canadian Prairies, the idea of a very warm fall or spring is particularly appealing. Good luck with your future travels!

Monday 17th of April 2023

Wow! That sounds like an amazing trip of a lifetime! Very good point about being able to buy all the necessities - I do think I've changed over the years with packing A LOT lighter than I used to and its made traveling so much more enjoyable!

I can't recommend staying in one place for the month enough - in fact we've done it twice more since that trip (although only one month at a time instead of 4 months total!) and it's such a nice way to explore an area. Such a slower pace so you can figure it out as you go and not have it all planned in advance. Plus, I love becoming a regular at a place and having the staff recognize us by the end!

Definitely warmer locations at that time of year is key! Just keep in mind when choosing a place to stay that some places might be closed or deserted during low season - we ran into that issue in the fall quite a bit!

Happy and safe travels :D

Runaway Ann

Saturday 23rd of January 2021

I love that guide! You described all possible aspects - I really admire that ! thanks! :)

Monday 25th of January 2021

Thanks so much! I hope it can help you go on a similar trip :D

Monday 28th of December 2020

As a mother of three who is currently homeschooling, this sounds so amazing I could cry. Pinned so I can refer back when the world opens back up again. I LOVE Edinburgh. It's my favorite place in the world. Thanks for all the advice!

Tuesday 29th of December 2020

Hi Laurence, Oh boy! I can only imagine :P That's awesome, I really hope you get to experience a trip like this soon. It's the perfect trip to also bring the family on! Homeschool them during the week, travel on the weekends. Edinburgh is the absolute BEST and can go back there in a heartbeat for another stay (short or long!)

Wednesday 23rd of December 2020

I love this idea of traveling so much before he finishes his PhD and starts school! I might do the same with my boyfriend who's working on his PhD!

You really should!! Honestly there's no better time to go. Keep in mind that it might delay his graduation by a bit (obviously he wasn't working on it full time for 4 months) but SO worth it! It's such a perfect opportunity to travel because you can work on your PhD from anywhere!

The Roving Heart

  • Czech Republic
  • Switzerland
  • United States
  • Work With Me

Europe 2019 Series: Planning a 3 Month Long Europe Trip

Europe 2019 Series: Planning a 3 Month Long Europe Trip

Ever since I visited Europe last year in the winters, I promised myself that I’ll go back there again for a longer duration. I wasn’t sure when that’s gonna happen though.

This year I had absolutely no plans on visiting Europe. I was going through a bad phase in life and I just started working in a startup (and was managing some freelance work as well along with blogging of course). For some reason, it felt like I’m stuck, and didn’t really have anything exciting going on, so I decided to do the sure-shot thing that always gets my mojo back – traveling around the world.

Initially, I had plans to visit South America but then South America would require a lot more planning than I was prepared for. Also, I wasn’t sure if I’d be able to pull off solo as a female traveler there. So decided to take the safer option – travel in Europe.

Europe is my favorite continent I’ve visited so far. I like that it has a lot of culture, great transportation, and very friendly hostels. Also, traveling to another country is always just a road trip away. So I decided to continue my tryst with Europe albeit for a longer time this time around.

Read: 15 Day Winter Backpacking Itinerary to Europe

planning three months trip to Europe, 3 months sabbatical to travel Europe

Applying for Schengen Visa

Then, it was time to execute my planning starting with applying for a Schengen visa. Since I had already applied for a visa and helped dozens of people to score a Schengen visa, the process seemed quite simpler this time. I didn’t want to waste money on tickets in case my visa gets rejected, so booked everything refundable – from flights, accommodation, and travel insurance. Find out how to apply for a Schengen visa here .

I applied for a visa through Germany as they are pretty lenient for freelancers. I showed more than enough bank balance and applied for a 2-month long Schengen visa. In the cover letter, I mentioned that I might be visiting the Schengen region again for Christmas, so I requested to grant me a year-long visa.

While I remember it took me a week to collate all of my documents, and understand the Schengen visa process better a year ago, I was happy that the whole process was much faster this time.

However, instead of a year-long visa, I received a 6-month (180 days) visa, which isn’t too bad either. The thing with a Schengen visa is that the duration is pretty random. It could just cover your travel duration, or it could be a year-long visa.

  View this post on Instagram   A post shared by Raksha| Travel| India| World (@therovingheart) on Nov 12, 2019 at 5:19am PST

Schengen Visa Restrictions

Also, there’s a rule that you cannot stay in the Schengen region for more than 90 days, so even if you get a 6 month or a year-long visa, you will have to exit the Schengen region within 90 days to avoid penalty. Also, not all countries in Europe are under the Schengen region. So travelers usually alternate between Schengen and non-Schengen regions and travel longer.

While countries like Germany, Switzerland, Italy, France, and 22 other countries fall under the Schengen region, most of the Balkan countries like Bulgaria, Montenegro, Croatia, Bosnia & Herzegovina are not part of the Schengen region. However, most of these countries have a free visa on arrival with a Schengen visa. So, while you cannot stay in the Schengen region for more than 90 days in a 180 day period, you can visit these non-Schengen states as long as your visa is valid.

Booking Flights and Accommodations

planning three months trip to Europe, 3 months sabbatical to travel Europe

Once I received my visa, the obvious thing to do next was to cancel my existing Etihad Airways flights and Booking.com accommodations. I made sure that all of these were fully refundable as I planned to cancel it without any penalties once I received my visa.

My initial plan was to start off my trip from Istanbul since there were decent 20k one-way flights in the coming month. That’s a decent price for a last-minute flight. While I can avail e-visa with my Schengen visa or 10 year-long US visa (which I procured last year), visiting Turkey would only let me visit Europe in mid-September by then the weather could already be chilly. And I desperately wanted to visit Europe when it’s warm enough at least this time because it was the dead of winters when I visited last time in Feb.

So, I started searching for cheap flights to Europe from Bangalore through Google Flights and Matrix – ITA Software by Google (pretty good for more complicated routes). And it seemed like Bangalore was quite expensive and Mumbai had decent flights to Eastern Europe within 2 weeks or so.

Also, I wanted to avoid flights like AirArabia (due to bad reviews) and Kuwait Airways (I’ve had a  bad experience on this airline personally ), and with all the filters, I finally found a flight to Sofia, Bulgaria from Mumbai through FlyDubai. I was looking for one way flights in the 25k range but this turned out to be a little expensive but I wanted to start this trip ASAP, so decided to go for it. Since I already had a visa with me, I had one less thing to worry about while executing my plan.

I’ve had a great experience with Workaway last year for about a week in Europe when I volunteered with an Italian family in the countryside near Rome. So I knew I wanted to try more of it in different locations possibly for longer durations. The whole process takes time, so ever since I applied for a visa, I started looking for relevant jobs (mostly blogs or social media or marketing) in different locations that I could try. Slovenia, Estonia, Portugal, and France were major contenders. But unfortunately, I didn’t have time to accommodate all of it, and I didn’t get many replies from France either, so decided to drop it for now.

As of writing this post, I successfully finished Workaway in Slovenia and Estonia (one week each), and have one more in Portugal, (possibly two if I have the time), in a couple of weeks.

For the uninitiated, Workaway is a work exchange program where you volunteer at the host’s location in exchange for food and accommodation. Usually, there’s no money involved, but there are cases where they offer money as well. But you need to make sure you have an appropriate visa for that purpose since working for money on a tourist visa is illegal.

Read: Tips While Volunteering with Workaway

If you prefer watching a video, here’s a rundown on Workaway

[yotuwp type=”videos” id=”vgEseDb7mm8″ column=”1″]

Flying Out of Europe

While I know a lot of westerners, who book one-way flights, I wasn’t really sure if they are going to let me enter their country if I don’t have a flight booked out of Europe. As I wanted to visit the US next, I started looking for flights from Western Europe as the flights would be cheaper from there considering the distance. I found one from Madrid to New York for about Rs. 15000 with check-in bags and I booked it right away.

Update: When I landed in Sofia, the immigration officer asked me when I’m going to leave Sofia. But they didn’t seem to care when I’m leaving Europe. After landing in Sofia, I’ve only done overland journeys so far. So no official really asked me about my flight out of Europe.

Trip Planning

Once I had my Workaway confirmed, I started planning my itinerary accommodating these locations. I had also booked my flights going out of Europe – Madrid to New York (for 15k INR), so I knew I’ll be flying into Sofia and flying out of Madrid.

Starting from Eastern Europe, I had to find my way through Western Europe. While flight tickets are relatively cheaper in Europe, I wanted to avoid flight travel as much as possible. One thing is it’s a hassle especially if you have check-in luggage, and mainly to avoid my carbon footprint.

45 days so far, and I’ve been successfully able to carry out my overland journeys in Europe so far, without having to take a flight after landing in Sofia which I’m glad about.

While I assumed transportation would be a breeze throughout Europe, it hasn’t been so in the Balkans, especially. I’m going to write a separate post about it. So stay tuned.

Once I had the cities I wanted to visit shortlisted, it has been quite straight forward. Sometimes, I had to accommodate some transit cities as well if the distance between the places I’ve wanted to travel were quite far since I was doing an overland journey.

Here’s what I had in mind when I started planning.

Bulgaria. Montenegro. Bosnia. Croatia. Slovenia. Hungary. Poland. Estonia. Sweden. Denmark. Germany. Portugal and Spain.

planning three months trip to Europe, 3 months sabbatical to travel Europe

Booking Stays

While I booked hostels through hostelworld.com for the first week in Europe, I didn’t have any other accommodations figured out except for the Workaway of course.

Also, I thought of finally trying Couchsurfing for the first time during this trip. I’m happy to announce that Couchsurfing has been quite good to me even in this age when all I hear is bad news.

I did a combination of hostels, Airbnb, Couchsurfing, and Workaway for accommodations so far.

Read: How to Find Good Hosts on Couchsurfing – Advice & Tips

Transportation

Ever since I started sharing my stories on my Instagram account, people have been asking me how am I managing everything on my own. Now that I think about all the buses and trains I’ve taken so far, it seems quite overwhelming even for me.

But like everything else, I took it one step at a time. I usually only book buses or trains a few days before the trip. And since I’m flexible on my dates, it’s easier to find cheaper fares. And most of it, I book online through various bus operators mostly FlixBus.

I only book high ticket items like flights at least a couple of months back. Except for the flights, I didn’t have any other transportation booked as well. I wanted the flexibility to change my plans as and when needed, and stay longer if I feel like it.

  View this post on Instagram   I heard it from quite a few people that Indian women are ADORED in the Balkans. And I personally had many interesting encounters in Montenegro.⠀ ⠀ Montenegrins watch a lot of Bollywood movies and soap operas and their faces light up with familiarity whenever I used to say I’m from India.⠀ ⠀ I received compliments (mostly from men) ranging from I have beautiful eyes, to if I want a husband 😄 That escalated pretty quickly đŸ€Łâ € ⠀ Honestly, I loved the attention initially (well, who doesn’t), but it got weird pretty soon when I got more than 6 people (mostly men) approaching me on one day, and someone even shouted “I love you” and blew a flying kiss.⠀ ⠀ But nowhere during this time, I felt unsafe though. The men were quite expressive but mostly in a way that didn’t make you feel bad about yourself. That was quite refreshing, really!⠀ ⠀ I feel bad for not making good use of the opportunities that was presented to me though 😄⠀ ⠀ #wheretogonext #cntgiveitashot #tripotocommunity #theexplorersdiary #30xthirty #wandeleur #condenasttraveler #travelblogger #indiantravelblogger #indiantravelbloggers #indiantravelblog #travelbloggerslife #asianblogger #fiftyshadesofnature #gomontenegro #montenegrowildbeauty #VisitMontenegro #montenegro #skadar #skadarlake A post shared by Raksha| Travel| India| World (@therovingheart) on Sep 1, 2019 at 9:10am PDT

Packing from varied temperatures from -10 to 35 degrees isn’t easy either. I packed some clothes for summer, some for winter, and thought I’ll buy more if needed. Packing took a terribly long time and I almost missed my flight to Mumbai because of it. Well, that’s a story for another time.

Well, that’s it for now. I hope you had a good read, and hope it gave you insights on planning your own travels. I’d be happy to answer any questions that you might have. Drop-in a line below 🙂

Until next time.

More about my Euro Trip coming up soon. In the meanwhile, you can follow my updates on Instagram where I’m sharing daily stories.

How to plan a 3 month trip to Europe on a sabbatical, how much does it cost to plan a trip to europe

You Might Also Like

Living the Authentic Italian Life through Workaway

Living the Authentic Italian Life through Workaway

Special & Unique Bucket List Ideas for EPIC Travels

Special & Unique Bucket List Ideas for EPIC Travels

Kuari Pass Trek – When Life as I know it Changed

Kuari Pass Trek – When Life as I know it Changed

Gangtok: My First Solo Trip to a Peaceful Monastery Town

Gangtok: My First Solo Trip to a Peaceful Monastery Town

The top 5 cities from where to explore europe – travel on the brain.

[…] travel travel with its many great connections from the city all across the country and even for trips all over Europe via the Interrail program. Head over to Heidelberg, Munich or Cologne or why not cross over to […]

' src=

Hey! looks like you had an awesome trip! Just wanted to know that since you said you can’t work on Workaway with a tourist visa, I wanted to know which visa did you apply for?! Planning a 2 month trip to Europe next summer! Thanks

' src=

As long as money is involved when you are working, it’s illegal to use tourist visa. But if you are working in exchange for food and accommodation, you can use a tourist visa in most cases. However, I would avoid mentioning the same in the visa as it might infer that you are traveling on a budget and that you might not return to your home country. I hope I answered your question.

Summer in Europe: Americans with vaccine allowed to travel – Life in Italy

[…] Apart from the discussion on the vaccine, at the moment, only essential travel is allowed in Europe. But, does “essential” mean? Here below the list of people categories that can travel to Europe: […]

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Privacy Overview

Nomadic Matt's Travel Site

Travel Better, Cheaper, Longer

Europe Travel Guide

Last Updated: April 18, 2024

The historic city of Prague with its classic stunning architecture

From beautiful Paris to smoke-filled coffeeshops in Amsterdam, Oktoberfest to La Tomatina, Europe is a massive, diverse continent with an unlimited assortment of things to see and do. You won’t have any problem filling your time, whether you’re backpacking Europe for a few months on a budget or just spending a few weeks there on a well-earned vacation.

The continent boasts wonderful beaches, historical architecture, amazing wine, and tons of world-class festivals. Every country is incredibly different from the next too, providing limitless variety in what you do during your trip.

I first backpacked Europe in 2006 and was hooked immediately. I’ve been visiting every year since, have run tours around the continent, and even wrote a book on traveling in Europe . It’s a destination I love and never get tired of exploring.

This guide will give you an overview of Europe and the tips and tricks you need to start planning your trip. I’ve also written extensive travel guides to each country on the continent (linked below in this post) so you can get more in-depth information for your specific itinerary too!

Table of Contents

  • Things to See and Do
  • Typical Costs
  • Suggested Budget
  • Money-Saving Tips
  • Where to Stay
  • How to Get Around
  • How to Stay Safe
  • Best Places to Book Your Trip
  • Related Blogs on Europe

Click Here for Country Guides

Top 5 things to see and do in europe.

Aerial view of Greek town along the Mediterranean ocean, with mountains in the background

1. Tour the Greek Islands

These islands are the mecca of summer beach fun and each is unique in its own great way. There’s Ios (beach party central with archeological ruins and awesome boat tours); Kos (ancient ruins and nature); Crete (Bronze Age ruins of Knossos, hiking, beaches, and wine), Santorini (iconic blue water, white buildings, and local wineries); Mykonos , (the upscale party island with beautiful beaches, villages, and sunsets), Naxos (best island in the Cyclades). Plus, Milos, Corfu, Lemnos, Zakynthos, and so many more! With hundreds of islands in the country, you can always find what you are looking for!

2. Ride the rails

Europe is famous for its international rail system. Rail passes like the Eurail Pass have been around forever and still make it very easy to get from country to country on a relatively small budget (and with lots of flexibility). Europe has some of the fastest trains in the world that travel up to an incredible 217 mph (350 kph). The whole continent is connected by trains and there’s a growing push for even more connections and long-distance, high-speed trains in order to reduce flying and help combat climate change. There’s nothing more quintessential than riding the trains in Europe and I encourage you to take as many trains as possible. It’s one of the best ways to see the continent.

3. Get lost in Paris

The “City of Lights” is everything people say it is. I fell in love with it the first time I stepped foot in Paris . The city is just magical. You have a ton of museums, cafes, jazz clubs, famous art, and beautiful architecture. I love just strolling around the streets of the Quartier Latin (Latin Quarter) or Montmartre neighborhood as it makes for a breathtaking day. Another one of my favorite things to do here is just sit in the Jardin des Champs-ÉlysĂ©es park and picnic like the Parisians. For something a bit different, check out the famous Catacombs and Paris Sewer Museum. With so much to offer in the way of culture, history, and gastronomy, it would take years to see everything here but you can still get a good feel of the city in a few days.

4. Go city hopping

There are so many amazing cities in Europe that we’d need a top 100 to list them all. Here are some of my personal favorites and must-see cities: London is rich in history, culture, and the famous Big Ben clock; Edinburgh is a vibrant medieval city with cozy pubs and a famous castle with a huge New Year’s Eve Party; Amsterdam has cozy coffee shops and canopied tree-covered canals; Berlin has a wild party scene, street art, and the Berlin Wall; Barcelona has tapas, beach, and unique Gaudi architecture; coastal Lisbon has colorful tiles, old tramcars, cobblestone streets and plenty of fresh seafood; Prague has a beautiful intact Old Town, incredible architecture and eclectic bars; Tallinn Estonia has beautiful medieval buildings with colorful roofs. Florence  is a mecca for Italian Renaissance architecture, art history, and gelato; Stockholm mixes medieval architecture and modern art and design. Crisscross the continent, take in the culture, and enjoy all the historic cities!

5. Hit the Alps

Whether you go skiing in the winter or hiking in the summer, the Alps hold some of the most breathtaking views in all the world. You don’t even need to be an expert hiker because there are mountain trails for all levels and crystal-clear Alpine lakes. Check out the spectacular Eibsee trail loop in Bavaria at the foot of Die Zugspitze, Germany’s tallest mountain, for the clearest, multi-colored, sparkling lake you’ve ever seen. Or the MĂ€nnlichen Kleine Scheidegg Panorama trail in Switzerland’s stunning green and snow-capped Alps. Or visit Italy’s Dolomites in South Tyrol for the scenic Seceda trail. The Alps have trails for every fitness level and in every season.

Other Things to See and Do in Europe

1. tour amsterdam.

I love Amsterdam so much that I lived here for a short period of time in 2006. Here cobblestone and brick streets weave around lovely canals as people ride their bikes to and fro. My favorite things to enjoy here are Amsterdam’s vibrant art and music scene and there are also a ton of interesting museums here like the Anne Frank House, FOAM, the history museum, and the hemp museum. Be sure you get out of the center into Jordaan and Oost with their wonderful outdoor cafes and fewer tourists. Also, a visit to Amsterdam wouldn’t be complete without a canal cruise to visit the many islands and there are many to choose from that include snacks and drinks, sunset cruises, live guided tours, and more.

2. Hang out in Barcelona

Barcelona is a city that goes 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. It truly could give NYC a run for the “city that never sleeps” title. Be prepared for late-night dinners and parties until dawn. Besides a great food and nightlife scene, there is a wonderful beach, tons of Gaudi architecture (including the fairytale-like Parc GĂŒell, as well as the iconic Sagrada Familia , which has been under construction for over 100 years!), incredible food tours, one of the best history museums in the country, and lots of outdoor spaces. What I love about Barcelona is that when you’re ready to chill, you can wander around Parc de la Ciutadella and marvel at the majestic fountains, plant life, and buildings created from an ornate military fortress.

3. Visit Berlin

Hip and trendy Berlin is an energetic destination. It is one of Europe’s most affordable capital cities, with a vibrant music and art scene and a growing foodie movement. Be sure to spend some time learning about the city’s darker history via the many excellent museums, memorials, and landmarks. The East Side Gallery, a section of the Berlin Wall that’s now painted with murals, and the Memorial to the Murdered Jews of Europe are two especially powerful reminders of Germany’s past. For all periods of German history, don’t miss the Deutsches Historisches Museum (German Historical Museum) – it’s one of the best history museums in the world. Once you’ve had your fill of history, relax in Berlin’s many green spaces, from Tempelhof Field, the site of a former airfield and popular local hangout spot, to Tiergarten, a tree-covered former hunting ground for 17th-century aristocrats.

4. Drink beer at Oktoberfest

Oktoberfest is a must for anyone going to Germany at the end of September. While not a budget option since beers now cost 15 € a maß, I love the energy and friendly camaraderie this event inspires. For two weeks, millions of people from all over the world gather for lots of beer, excitement, music, and wild fun. Watching thousands of people sing together, raising quart-sized beer mugs for endless toasts, and enjoying the general party atmosphere makes you feel good about the world. (Or maybe that’s just the beer?) Just be sure to book your accommodation well in advance and be prepared to pay top prices for them. If you don’t have an outfit, don’t worry, there are plenty of shops even at the main train station where you can buy a Bavarian dirndl dress and men’s lederhosen.

5. Experience London

Get a taste of English culture in diverse London . The museums here are some of the best in the world (most are free) and include the Tate, the British Museum, the City Museum, the National Gallery, the Historical Museum. There’s no shortage of iconic sights here as well, with Big Ben, the House of Parliament, the London Eye, the Tower of London, Tower Bridge, and of course, Buckingham Palace. I love London’s diversity because of the countless international eateries with great food and wonderful pub culture, perfect for after a long day seeing the sights. Head to Brick Lane on the weekends for some amazing food and craft markets. I prefer Paris to London, but there is something sophisticated and fun about London. Just watch those pints — London is not a cheap destination!

6. Get outdoors in Scandinavia

My favorite region in Europe is Scandinavia. The quality of life here is high, the people are beautiful and friendly, and the cities are clean and historic. Cycling the cities, taking canal tours, hiking the vast forested areas, archipelago hopping, enjoying fika (a Swedish coffee break), and warming up in saunas are just a few of the popular activities that await you here. True, this area of Europe is not cheap, but there are plenty of ways to reduce your expenses. Don’t let the high prices scare you away. Highlights for me include Copenhagen , Stockholm , Gotland, Norway’s fjords, and Lapland in Finland .

7. Get enchanted in Prague

Prague has an amazing history and is one of the most beautiful and picturesque cities I’ve ever seen. Highlights include the 9th-century Prague Castle, the magnificent Charles Bridge (built in the 14th century and one of the oldest standing bridges in the world), the 10th-century old square with its iconic astronomical clock, and the winding Jewish Quarter. Even if you only have a few days there don’t miss the free walking tour which is one of my favorites in Europe and the best way to learn about the Old Town and the tragic history of the city that went from thriving Bohemian capital of art, music, and literature to part of the Iron Curtain after WWII. Some of my favorite gems here include the fantastic black light theater shows in 4D and the one-of-a-kind medieval dinner show in an old tavern complete with musicians and jugglers not to mention hearty food and drinks. During the weekends it heaves with people enjoying the bars, cheap beer, and delicious food so try to visit during the week (and in the spring or fall) to beat the crowds.

8. Relax on the French Riviera

Here, you can pretend to live the high life for a little bit. Have fun in the sun, relax on the beach, swim in azure blue water, hobnob with the rich and famous, and sail on (or gaze at) gigantic yachts. As for cities, Nice is nice with its palm-tree-lined promenade, old town, and many art museums. If you want to go see how the rich and famous live, spend an afternoon checking out Cannes to soak up some glamorous vibes on La Croisette where they hold the famous Cannes Film Festival. The kingdom of Monaco with its tiny streets, beautiful buildings, and world-famous casino is just a skip away too.

9. Enjoy the great outdoors in Interlaken

Located in the beautiful mountains of Switzerland, Interlaken is a gorgeous place to unwind with fantastic hiking, delicious hot chocolate, and plenty of outdoor sports. The area is full of natural attractions to explore, including the St. Beatus Caves (complete with a legendary dragon), the cascading 500-meter-high (1,640 feet) Giessbach Waterfalls, the Jungfraujoch mountain railway (which leads to the highest train station on the continent), and a plethora of lakes (hence the town’s name). It’s a good alternative to all the cities and museums. Interlaken is also a popular party destination for backpackers and other young travelers. By far, my favorite scenic and visually stunning trail was the Oberberghorn panoramic hike, where you can wander the green mountain ridge ogling the amazing views and the turquoise-blue Brienzersee.

10. Experience history in Rome

In this thriving historical city, you can’t walk two feet without stumbling over a ruin, making Rome a history buff’s dream. Its tiny streets are perfect for wandering as you explore the Colosseum, see the Forum and Palatine Hill, visit the Pantheon, spend time in Vatican City, admire the Spanish Steps, and toss coins into the famous Trevi Fountain. The skip-the-line tickets can definitely be worth it so you don’t waste time waiting outside attractions. Rome also has amazing food (it’s Italy, after all) and nightlife. Visit the Trastevere area for a taste of “local” Rome and chill bars. It’s my favorite area in the city because you feel like you’re in a small village in the middle of a big city.

11. Hike around the Cinque Terre

Cinque Terre is my favorite part of Italy. These five beautiful cliffside towns are perched near warm waters and beautiful olive and grape groves. There are wondrous and strenuous hikes in these hills; for a real challenge, take trail #8. Or just walk the coastline for something less difficult. Many activities here revolve around the coastline: kayaking, swimming, having a beach picnic or visiting the Technical Naval Museum. If you happen to be here in December or January, don’t miss the Nativity Manarola, the world’s biggest lighted nativity scene.

12. Tour Krakow

Krakow looks like it stepped out of a medieval postcard. It’s a hip, trendy, and youthful city that’s the center of education in Poland, meaning there are a lot of university students here. Most travelers come to party here (the vodka is cheap) but try to enjoy the city’s history and food besides just the bars. Walk the Royal Road through the Old Town to the 13th-century Wawel Castle, tour Schindler’s Factory (where Schindler saved over 1,200 Jews during World War II), and visit the sobering Auschwitz-Birkenau concentration camp. You can also take a fascinating day trip to the UNESCO World Heritage Wieliczka Salt Mine, a 13th-century mine with cavernous chambers, statues, chapels, chandeliers, and cathedrals all carved out of salt.

13. Visit the ruin bars in Budapest

The coolest nightlife in all of Europe is found in Budapest . Built in abandoned buildings, ruin bars feature funky art installations, repurposed furniture, and quirky decor. They are amazing, fun, and great places to meet locals, as people of all ages flock here. Open since 2001, Szimpla Kert is the original ruin bar and one of my favorites, along with Instant-Fogas Complex, which takes up an entire building and is actually many different bars in one. Don’t skip the ruin bars — they’re one of the most unique things about the city!

14. Explore Cornwall

The best part of England is outside London, yet unfortunately, not a lot of travelers leave London. Head west to the area of Cornwall for cheaper prices, welcoming locals, natural beauty, great hiking, rolling hills, plenty of medieval castles, and picturesque small towns. If you like biking, the Camel Trail from Bodmin to Padstow is worth the trip and you even pass by a local vineyard. It’s an easy way to spend a day (and it’s pretty flat so it’s not too hard to do.) Plus, I had the best fish and chips in Cornwall! Overall, it’s what you think of as “traditional England.”

15. Walk the Camino

El Camino de Santiago (The Way of Saint James) is an ancient pilgrimage route that stretches from France all the way across northern Spain. It is a 500 mile (800 km) trail that winds through incredible terrain, ending in Santiago de Compostela at the cathedral where St. James is supposedly buried. As a pilgrim, you get a “pilgrim’s passport” which allows you to stay in affordable pilgrim-only hostels, making this a surprisingly budget-friendly adventure. While it usually takes over a month to complete, you can just walk a section if you don’t have the time. To receive a “Compostela” (certificate of completion), you just need to walk the last 62 miles (100 km), which generally takes 4-5 days.

16. Throw tomatoes during La Tomatina

By far my favorite festival, the largest food fight in the world happens during the last Wednesday of August in Bunol, Spain. What started in 1945 as a local brawl has turned into a massive event drawing tens of thousands of people from all over the world. For about an hour, everyone throws tomatoes at each other, leaving streets ankle-deep in tomato juice. Afterward, everyone walks down to the river, cleans off, and then heads to the town square for sangria and music.

17. Find Dracula in Romania

Not a lot of people visit Romania but this underrated country in Eastern Europe has undiscovered yet picturesque medieval towns like Brasov (home to “Dracula’s castle”), Sighisoara, and Sibiu; gorgeous beaches on the Black Sea; and incredible hiking in the Fagaras Mountains — all at dirt-cheap prices. Other major sights include frescoed Byzantine monasteries, the steepled wooden churches of Transylvania, the hip university town Cluj-Napoca, the post-communist capital of Bucharest, and the Danube Delta, a huge nature reserve.

18. Drink whisky in Islay

Whisky has a long history on Islay , an island off Scotland’s west coast. It’s been made there since the 16th-century — first in backyards and then, starting in the 19th-century, in large distilleries. Over the years, whisky from the island came to be considered a specialty and was used to flavor a lot of other blends on the mainland. There are currently nine working distilleries on the island, all located along the island’s shores, with Laphroaig, Ardbeg, and Lagavulin being the most famous. Most distilleries here make single-malt Scotch, meaning that only one type of grain (barley) is used. My visit here was amazing and, even if you don’t like whisky, there are tons of good hikes and walks throughout this magnificent island.

19. Explore Iceland

Iceland is a magical country with majestic waterfalls, hidden hot springs around every corner, and sweeping vistas unlike anywhere else in the world. After my first visit, the country quickly became one of my favorite countries. With whale watching in the summer, the northern lights in the winter, and geothermal baths for soaking in year-round, there really is no bad time to visit! While Iceland’s main draw is the epic natural landscapes, it’s worth spending a couple of days in Reykjavik with its cafĂ© culture, artsy feel, and brightly colored wooden row houses.

20. Sail the Croatian coast

With calm winds, short distances, a coastline littered with over 1,000 islands, and countless historical sites, Croatia is one of the world’s best sailing destinations. If you can, go during the shoulder season when you can find some great deals. Plan to stay at least a couple of days on one of the islands, with the most popular being Brac, Hvar, Krk, Cres, and Loơinj. However, don’t be afraid to get off the beaten path and explore some of the lesser-known islands such as Silba, Vis, and Lastovo. If you want to splash out and spend a week partying on a yacht, check out The Yacht Week, which hosts week-long parties, complete with DJs, from May-September. You can book a full boat to share with friends or just a cabin if you’re traveling solo. Prices start at 5,250 HRK per person and go up to 9,300 HRK.

21. Explore the Balkans

While the Balkans have become more popular with backpackers in recent years, it’s still largely overlooked by most budget travelers, despite being an extremely budget-friendly region. The Balkan peninsula is home to great (and again, overlooked) wine, beautiful medieval towns like Kotor and Mostar, stunning mountainous landscapes, beautiful pebble beaches, coffee culture, fresh, hearty yet inexpensive food, and museums covering the area’s history, including the most recent turbulent events of the early 1990s. I especially loved my time in Albania . Don’t miss the beautiful beaches in Ksamil, nicknamed the “Maldives of Europe’ as well as the mountain village of GjirokastĂ«r, which was occupied by Romans, Byzantines, and Ottomans. The Balkans have so much to offer for every budget and every country has its unique cultural flavor.

22. Take a wine tour in the Loire Valley

Located in central France, the picturesque Loire Valley is a UNESCO World Heritage site and stretches 280 kilometers (174 miles) along the Loire River. One of the major wine-producing regions of France, the area is home to some of the best wines in the world, with over 1,000 vineyards open to the public. Even those who don’t drink wine will enjoy the beautiful small towns, great food, and the region’s over 300 impressive chateaux. I loved the medieval Chenonceau Castle and Chateau Villandry and the small villages like Saint-Florent-le-Vieil. Spring and Autumn are my favorite times to visit because you can go biking and do outdoor activities when it’s not too hot and there are fewer people. It’s an area not to be missed.

23. See Fado in Portugal

Fado is an important musical tradition in Portugal , originating in Lisbon and stretching back some 200 years. The word “fado” likely stems from the Latin word for fate, and it’s very haunting, poetic, and emotional music. Most of the songs follow themes of loss and mourning, and the music was popular with the working class (especially sailors). Performances normally take place in restaurants during dinner. In Lisbon, head to Clube de Fado, Tasca do Chico, Parreirinha de Alfama, or Senhor Vinho.

24. Tour green Slovenia

Slovenia is one of Europe’s least-visited destinations, which is mind-blowing to me because it’s an amazing place to visit. Slovenia offers all the beauty of Western Europe but at a fraction of the cost and with a fraction of the crowds. Perfect for outdoor adventure lovers, Slovenia offers rugged mountains, untouched landscapes, fantastic ski resorts, plentiful wine, sprawling cave systems, incredible food, and postcard-perfect lakes, such as the famous Lake Bled with its castle on an island. I loved Piran, Slovenia’s often overlooked coastal Venetian-style harbor town that was actually founded 3000 years ago. Stroll around its beautiful windy cobble-stoned streets, beautiful plazas, and take advantage of the many affordable restaurants right on the water. Make sure to also spend a few days in the country’s capital, Ljubljana, known as one of the continent’s greenest and most livable cities. Take a river cruise to see the city and enjoy the friendliness of the locals.

  For more information on specific countries in Europe, check out the guides below:

  • Albania Travel Guide
  • Austria Travel Guide
  • Belgium Travel Guide
  • Belarus Travel Guide
  • Bosnia & Herzegovina Travel Guide
  • Bulgaria Travel Guide
  • Czechia Travel Guide
  • Croatia Travel Guide
  • Denmark Travel Guide
  • England Travel Guide
  • Estonia Travel Guide
  • Finland Travel Guide
  • France Travel Guide
  • Germany Travel Guide
  • Greece Travel Guide
  • Hungary Travel Guide
  • Iceland Travel Guide
  • Ireland Travel Guide
  • Italy Travel Guide
  • Latvia Travel Guide
  • Lithuania Travel Guide
  • Malta Travel Guide
  • Moldova Travel Guide
  • Montenegro Travel Guide
  • Netherlands Travel Guide
  • Norway Travel Guide
  • Portugal Travel Guide
  • Poland Travel Guide
  • Romania Travel Guide
  • Scotland Travel Guide
  • Slovakia Travel Guide
  • Slovenia Travel Guide
  • Spain Travel Guide
  • Sweden Travel Guide
  • Switzerland Travel Guide
  • Ukraine Travel Guide

Europe Travel Costs

a traditional Austrian home overlooking the snow capped mountains and rolling hills in the Austria countryside

Accommodation – Accommodation prices vary greatly by region. In Western Europe, hostel dorm rooms cost between 25-45 EUR per night, depending on the room’s size and the popularity of the hostel. I stayed in a 6-bed dorm in Berlin for 20 EUR, while the same one would have cost me around 45 EUR in Paris. A room in Paris costs on the higher end and a room in cheaper Athens costs on the lower end.

In Eastern Europe, hostel dorm rooms cost between 10-15 EUR per night depending on the size of the dorm room and the popularity of the hostel. The further east you go, the cheaper it gets. Expect to pay around 30-60 EUR per night for a private room that sleeps two.

In Scandinavia, hostel dorm beds cost around 25-45 EUR, while private rooms are 65-80 EUR. Budget hotels start around 85 EUR.

Most accommodations offer free linens, free Wi-Fi, and a lot offer free breakfast, but it’s important to check specific websites for exact amenities.

Campsites cost between 10-15 EUR per night for a basic plot for two without electricity.

Food – Food traditions in Europe run deep, stretching back centuries to become integral parts of each country’s culture. From baguettes in France to tapas in Spain, from hearty Eastern European stews and goulash to the fresh vegetables and olive oils of the Mediterranean, European cuisine varies as much as the countries themselves. Food prices differ greatly across the continent, so check individual country guides for specifics.

But no matter where you are, even in the more expensive countries, finding places to eat within your budget is easier than you might think. Throughout Western Europe, you can find small shops, street food stalls, or food trucks where you can get sandwiches, gyros, kebabs, slices of pizza, or sausages for between 3-7 EUR. These shops are most often found in train stations, bus stations, and main pedestrian areas, and offer cheap food alternatives that can have you eating on 12-17 EUR per day. Fast food (think McDonald’s) costs around 7-10 EUR for a combo meal.

Turkish, Middle Eastern, and Vietnamese eateries abound in Germany, while Indian food is incredible and everywhere in the United Kingdom. Meals at these restaurants usually cost between 8-12 EUR.

Restaurant meals in casual, traditional eateries generally cost around 13-25 EUR for a main dish and drink. Food is much cheaper in the east than in the west, and in the west, northern regions like Scandinavia and the UK are more expensive than southern countries like Spain, Portugal, and Italy.

In Eastern Europe, even if you are eating out for all your meals, you can still get by on a food budget of as little as 15 EUR per day.

For drinks, a pint of beer is 2-5 EUR, a glass of wine is 2-7 EUR, a cappuccino is 2-5 EUR, and cocktails range from 6-14 EUR.

If you eat out, do so at lunch and get the prix-fixe menu (two-course or three-course set menu). Restaurants offer this set menu during lunch, and with prices between 10-20 EUR, it’s a way better deal than the regular dinner menu. You can also get affordable lunches at outdoor markets. So many European cities have huge fresh food markets throughout town.

You can cook your own food for around 45-65 EUR per week. This gets you basic staples like rice, pasta, seasonal produce, bread, and some meat. You can save money by shopping at discount supermarkets like Profi, Lidl, Aldi, and Penny Market.

If you want to save big money on meals, head to one of the markets, pick up some cheese, wine, bread, meats, or anything else, and go to the park for a picnic. (Or grab a sandwich for later!) You’ll find the locals doing the same thing, and it’s one of the cheaper ways to get a true taste of local food.

Backpacking Europe Suggested Budgets

Prices for travel in Europe vary greatly depending on how far north, east, south, or west you travel. If you stick to the budget accommodations, food, and tours listed here and use all my tips on saving money, you need about 65-110 EUR per day in Western Europe, 40-50 EUR in Eastern Europe, and about 85-130 EUR in Scandinavia.

Those numbers reflect a traveler who stays in hostels, cooks some meals and eats out cheaply, enjoys a few drinks, and sticks to free and cheap activities like hiking, walking tours, and enjoying nature. This is your typical backpacker budget. You aren’t going to have a fancy time, but you aren’t going to want for anything either.

However, by getting tourist cards and rail passes, avoiding flights, occasionally Couchsurfing or camping, cooking all your meals, and not drinking, you can travel a lot cheaper. On this budget, you could do Western Europe on 35-45 EUR per day, Eastern Europe on 20-25 EUR, and Scandinavia on 50-65 EUR. That would require you to take a train or a bus or hitchhike everywhere, skip most museums, and limit how often you go out.

Generally, the suggested daily budget for Europe is 80-120 EUR. You can use the chart below to get an idea of how much you need to budget daily. Keep in mind these are daily averages – some days you’ll spend more, some days you’ll spend less (you might spend less every day). We just want to give you a general idea of how to make your budget. Prices are in EUR.

Europe Travel Guide: Money-Saving Tips

Individual country guides have more specific information on how to save money in them but here are some general tips on cutting your costs while you explore Europe:

  • Picnic – This continent has a lot of little shops where you can buy pre-made sandwiches or ingredients to make your own. Many supermarkets have delis as well where you can get food to go. Buy some food, eat outside, and watch the city and its people go by. It’s a much more enjoyable and cheaper way to eat.
  • Eat local and cheap – Not into picnicking? Eat at local sandwich shops, pizza parlors, Maoz, Wok to Walks, and outdoor street vendors. Avoiding restaurants and eating at a lot of the local “grab n’ go” places gives you a taste of the local cuisine at a much cheaper price. If you’re really on a budget, use your creative cooking skills to prepare meals at the hostel as well.
  • Stay with a local – Hostels can add up really quickly. If you don’t have any friends with whom you can stay, consider using Couchsurfing , which connects you with locals who let you stay with them for free. Plus, they tend to also have meetups to meet other locals and travelers. It’s a great way to save on accommodation and meet a local who can share their insider tips and advice.
  • Camp in a garden – A very good camping service specific to Europe is Campspace , which allows you to pitch a tent in someone’s backyard for free or for a small fee (around 10-20 EUR). All of the garden owners have profiles that tell you what services and facilities they offer. Also, many countries allow wild camping (like Sweden), which can save you a fortune if you have a tent.
  • Take the bus – Budget bus companies like Flixbus can take you across the continent for cheap. I personally feel it’s best for day travel as sitting up for an overnight bus isn’t really ideal for sleeping. It isn’t glamorous, but with tickets starting at 5 EUR, you really can’t complain!
  • Get a Rail Pass – Eurail Passes have saved me hundreds of dollars. If you are traveling far distances and through many countries, they are a great deal.
  • Take the free city tours – One of the great things about Europe is that you can find free walking tours in all the major cities. They can be a great way to see the city attractions, take in some history, and learn your bearings without spending any money. Just make sure to tip your guide at the end!
  • Plan accordingly – Plan your trip around Europe so you avoid doubling back. Transportation is a big expense so proper planning can save you a lot of money (and time). Go in a straight line or a loop. Booking your accommodation ahead helps you save as well since cheap, good places unsurprisingly get reserved first. One thing I’ve learned is that waiting until the last minute means you get stuck with expensive places or cheap places no one wants.
  • Fly cheap – If you know where you are going and a train won’t do, try to book flights early. You can often get round trip fares for as little as 5 EUR from many of the European discount airlines like Ryanair or Wizz. Many capital cities have smaller airports farther from the city with ‘inconvenient’ times but cheaper fares. Keep in mind you might need to factor in an early morning Uber or taxi if the busses aren’t running and you have an early flight!
  • Drink less – Those 5 EUR beers add up. Hit happy hours or pick and choose when you party. Hostel bars are a good place to get cheap drinks or buy your alcohol at the supermarket. Plus, in Europe, it’s legal to drink outside in parks, plazas, by the lakes or rivers. You’ll find you can save a lot of money by not going to bars and clubs. Partying your way across the continent will destroy your bank balance in no time.
  • Get a city tourist card – Many local tourism offices sell a tourism card for all their attractions, tours, and restaurants. This card gives you free entry and substantial discounts on all the attractions and tours in a city, free local public transportation (a huge plus), and discounts at a few restaurants and shopping malls. They save a ton of money. If you plan on doing a lot of sightseeing, get one of these cards.
  • Rideshare – If you’re flexible in your schedule, use the ridesharing service BlaBlaCar to catch rides with locals between cities (or countries) by paying a small fee. It’s like Airbnb but for rides. I used this service in Switzerland and, not only did I save a lot of money, but I got to meet interesting people and learn about local culture and life. Drivers are verified and it’s perfectly safe, though sometimes rides cancel at the last minute (which is why you need to be flexible). Check their ratings first and try to use rides where the person has done many trips.
  • Bring a water bottle – The tap water is safe to drink in most of Europe, so bring a reusable water bottle to save money and reduce your plastic use. LifeStraw is my go-to brand as their bottles have built-in filters to ensure your water is always clean and safe.
  • Get a HostelPass – HostelPass is a discount membership for hostels in Europe. Members get 10-20% off select hostels around Europe, as well as perks like free breakfast or free drinks. There are discounts on tours and activities too. It’s a great way to save money if you’re bouncing around Europe as they have hostels in 18 countries around the continent.

Where to Stay in Europe

Europe has a ton of budget accommodation options. The individual country and city guides have tons of recommendations but here’s a short list of some of my favorite budget hostels and hotels around Europe:

  • The Flying Pig (Amsterdam, The Netherlands)
  • Hotel 54 (Barcelona, Spain)
  • Generator Hostel (Copenhagen, Denmark)
  • Harcourt Hotel (Dublin, Ireland)
  • Castle Rock (Edinburgh, Scotland)
  • Ios Palm Pansion (Ios, Greece)
  • Greg and Tom’s Party Hostel (Krakow, Poland)
  • Largo da SĂ© Guest House (Lisbon, Portugal)
  • Sophie’s Hostel (Prague, Czech Republic)
  • The Yellow (Rome, Italy)
  • City Backpackers (Stockholm, Sweden)

How to Get Around Europe

The famous steam train from Harry Potter crossing an old bridge in Scotland

Public transportation – Transportation around most European cities is by tram, subway, or bus. Prices are typically around 2 EUR for a one-way ticket in Western Europe and closer to 1 EUR in Eastern Europe. Most large cities also have day passes available that offer unlimited public transportation. These passes are usually 5-12 EUR per day.

In large cities with international airports, there is usually a bus or train available that ferries travelers from the downtown core to the airport. Expect to pay around 5-15 EUR to get to/from the airport.

Bus – Buses are not quite as comfortable as Europe’s trains, although certain lines do have great amenities (like roomy seats and Wi-Fi). While buses are not the most efficient way to travel around the continent, they’re certainly dependable, reliable, and cheap. You can find last-minute rides for as little as 5 EUR. A route from Berlin to Munich is about 25 EUR, while Paris to Bordeaux can be as low as 10 EUR. Longer routes, like Amsterdam to Copenhagen, start at around 47 EUR.

Each country has its own national bus service, but some lines also take you long distances internationally. Megabus and Flixbus (which now owns Eurolines) are the most popular companies.

Train – Train travel is a great way to see Europe. Intercity train prices vary wildly from country to country, depending on whether you take the slow train or a high-speed train and how far in advance you book. For example, a high-speed train from Berlin to Munich costs around 38-60 EUR, Bordeaux to Paris is about 50-85 EUR, and Madrid to Barcelona ranges from 45-85 EUR. Non-high-speed trains and other intercity lines are a lot cheaper, generally costing about 40-50% of the price of high-speed trains. Eastern Europe inter-country trains usually cost between 45-100 EUR when the ticket is booked last minute. Short train rides of 2-3 hours within countries cost about 27 EUR.

To find routes and prices for trains around Europe, use Trainline .

You may also want to consider getting a Eurail Pass , which allows travelers to explore Europe by providing a set number of stops in a specific time period. These passes are continent-wide, country-specific, or regional. It can potentially save you hundreds of dollars.

Ridesharing/Car sharing – If your schedule is flexible, use a ridesharing service and catch rides with locals between cities (or countries). Drivers are verified and it’s perfectly safe. BlaBlaCar is the most popular.

If you’d rather rent a car yourself and find passengers to share a ride with, use Discover Cars to find the best car rental prices.

Flying – Budget airlines are so prolific that competition helps keep fares low. You can often find tickets where the fare is just 5 EUR round-trip! Companies like EasyJet, Ryanair, Wizz, and Vueling offer mind-blowingly cheap flights throughout Europe. Book at least a month early to scoop up great deals.

Make sure that the airport they fly into isn’t too far out of your way (transportation from the secondary airport sometimes negates the savings from using the budget airline itself).

Keep in mind that you’ll have to pay to check your baggage on these cheap flights. It costs about 25-39 EUR for one checked bag. If you wait to pay for your luggage at the gate, you end up paying almost double. Travel carry-on only to avoid this added cost.

Hitchhiking – Hitchhiking in Europe is very safe, but it’s not for everyone. Hitching is quite common around the continent and I’ve met a number of travelers who have done it (I, myself, traveled this way in Bulgaria and Iceland). Some countries are very supportive (Romania, Iceland, Germany) while others may be a bit more time-consuming (Italy, Spain). HitchWiki is the best website for hitchhiking info.

Here are my suggested articles for how to get around Europe:

  • 7 Cheap Ways to Travel Across Europe
  • Are Eurail Passes a Giant Scam or Do They Save You Money?
  • The Ultimate Guide to Finding Cheap Flights

When to Go to Europe

There’s no wrong time to visit Europe. Peak season is summer, when Europe gets crowded and August is the time most European families are at the beach so everything becomes more crowded and expensive. But the overall atmosphere and weather are great during this time, so it’s still worth visiting during peak season (just book your accommodation in advance — especially in August). Keep in mind it’s much hotter in summer so if you like AC, be sure to check that your hostel or hotel has it before you book. You can expect the most crowds in Western Europe. For this reason, I feel summer is a great time to visit the Balkans and the Baltics because many people head to the beaches in Spain, France, Italy, Croatia, and Greece.

Shoulder season is spring and fall (April-May and September-October). It’s still warm during this time but there aren’t as many crowds and prices are cheaper. This is my favorite time to visit hotspot places like Spain, Croatia and Greece, where it’s still hot enough to swim in the sea but you have way more room on the beach. It’s also a good time to go hiking in the Alps in Germany, northern Italy, Slovenia and Switzerland because it’s cooler during the day so you’re much less sweaty on the mountain without shade. The weather is good, the crowds are smaller, and the prices lower.

Winter is from November to February but in much of Central Europe, it’s wet and cold until March or April. It gets cold, even as far south as it gets (like Greece). On the other hand, the Christmas season has Christmas markets and festivals galore! Even if it’s cold, this is a cultural tradition you can’t miss and why I love Europe in December. There is hot mulled wine, sweets, and plenty of hot snacks, which vary by country. One of my favorites is Prague because the Old Town Square is lit up with a gigantic tree with aromas of crispy cinnamon pastries and mulled wine. Berlin takes their Christmas markets very seriously, so there are around 80 different markets with special themes.

Winter is fantastic in Europe for skiing and snowboarding but it doesn’t have to break the bank if you plan carefully. While Switzerland and France are probably the most famous, they are also expensive, but there are plenty of budget winter options.

How to Stay Safe in Europe

Europe is very safe for backpacking and solo traveling, even if you’re traveling solo, and even as a solo female traveler. Violent crimes against tourists are very rare. In fact, some of the safest countries in the world are in Europe. (I wrote a whole article about how Europe is safe to visit right now .)

That said, there are scams and petty crimes you should watch out for, especially around popular tourist landmarks. The most important thing to be aware of is pickpockets in crowds and on public transportation. Zip your bags and don’t put your mobile phone in a jacket pocket where someone could quickly take it. This should be obvious but don’t flash your money to let everyone know you have a huge wad of cash.

When choosing a hostel, look for ones with lockers. It’s always a good idea to carry around a padlock or combination lock. Most hostels are safe and travelers respect each other and I’ve rarely seen things happen to people’s valuables. Nevertheless, I always think that prevention is better.

As anywhere, the standard precautions apply (never leave your drink unattended at the bar, never walk home alone intoxicated, etc.). When at the bar, always keep an eye on your drink. Avoid walking home alone at night if you’re intoxicated.

For female travelers in particular, it’s always a good idea to have a bit of extra money on you just in case you need to take an Uber or taxi back by yourself so you don’t take unnecessary risks to save money. If you’re using apps to date people while traveling, please use common sense and meet in public places. Since I’m not a female traveler, please check out the numerous female bloggers who have first hand knowledge of this.

If you’re worried about scams, you can read about common travel scams to avoid here.

If you rent a vehicle, don’t leave any valuables in it overnight. Break-ins are rare, but it’s always better to be safe than sorry. Be aware that the UK drives on the left and that most rental cars in Europe will have manual transmissions unless you request otherwise.

When hiking, always bring water, sunscreen, and bandaids or foot plasters. There is nothing worse than being halfway up the mountain with a blister and nothing you can do about it!

Likewise, when at the coast, don’t forget not only to wear sunscreen! I can’t tell you how many times I’ve seen people get burnt to a crisp the first day. Be sure to check the weather before you depart and dress accordingly.

If you do experience an emergency, dial 112 for assistance.

Always trust your gut instinct. Make copies of your personal documents, including your passport and ID. Forward your itinerary to loved ones so they know where you are.

The most important piece of advice I can offer is to purchase good travel insurance. Travel insurance will protect you against illness, injury, theft, and cancellations. It’s comprehensive protection in case anything goes wrong. I never go on a trip without it as I’ve had to use it many times in the past. You can use the widget below to find the policy right for you:

Europe Travel Guide: The Best Booking Resources

These are my favorite companies to use when I travel. They consistently have the best deals, offer world-class customer service and great value, and overall, are better than their competitors. They are the companies I use the most and are always the starting point in my search for travel deals.

  • Skyscanner – Skyscanner is my favorite flight search engine. They search small websites and budget airlines that larger search sites tend to miss. They are hands down the number one place to start.
  • Hostelworld – This is the best hostel accommodation site out there with the largest inventory, best search interface, and widest availability.
  • Booking.com – The best all around booking site that constantly provides the cheapest and lowest rates. They have the widest selection of budget accommodation. In all my tests, they’ve always had the cheapest rates out of all the booking websites.
  • HostelPass – This new card gives you up to 20% off hostels throughout Europe. It’s a great way to save money. They’re constantly adding new hostels too. I’ve always wanted something like this and glad it finallt exists.
  • Get Your Guide – Get Your Guide is a huge online marketplace for tours and excursions. They have tons of tour options available in cities all around the world, including everything from cooking classes, walking tours, street art lessons, and more!
  • The Man in Seat 61 – This website is the ultimate guide to train travel anywhere in the world. They have the most comprehensive information on routes, times, prices, and train conditions. If you are planning a long train journey or some epic train trip, consult this site.
  • Rome2Rio – This website allows you to see how to get from point A to point B the best and cheapest way possible. It will give you all the bus, train, plane, or boat routes that can get you there as well as how much they cost.
  • FlixBus – Flixbus has routes between 20 European countries with prices starting as low 5 EUR! Their buses include WiFi, electrical outlets, a free checked bag.
  • SafetyWing – Safety Wing offers convenient and affordable plans tailored to digital nomads and long-term travelers. They have cheap monthly plans, great customer service, and an easy-to-use claims process that makes it perfect for those on the road.
  • LifeStraw – My go-to company for reusable water bottles with built-in filters so you can ensure your drinking water is always clean and safe.
  • Unbound Merino – They make lightweight, durable, easy-to-clean travel clothing.
  • Top Travel Credit Cards – Points are the best way to cut down travel expenses. Here’s my favorite point earning credit cards so you can get free travel!

GO DEEPER: Nomadic Matt’s In-Depth Budget Guide to Europe!

Nomadic Matt's Guide to Europe

While I have a lot of free tips on Europe, I also wrote an entire book that goes into great detail on everything you need to plan a trip here on a budget! You’ll get suggested itineraries, budgets, even more ways to save money, my favorite restaurants, prices, practical information (i.e. phone numbers, websites, prices, safety advice, etc etc), and cultural tips.

I’ll give the insider view of Europe that I got from years of traveling and living here! The downloadable guide can be used on your Kindle, iPad, phone, or computer so you can have it with you when you go. Click here to learn more about my book on Europe!

Europe Travel Guide: Related Articles

Want more tips for your trip? Check out all the articles I’ve written on Europe travel and continue planning your trip:

The 6 Best Hotels in Florence

The 6 Best Hotels in Florence

The 7 Best Hotels in Madrid

The 7 Best Hotels in Madrid

The 6 Best Hotels in Vienna

The 6 Best Hotels in Vienna

The Best Walking Tours in Barcelona

The Best Walking Tours in Barcelona

How to Be a Digital Nomad in Europe

How to Be a Digital Nomad in Europe

The Best eSIM for Traveling Europe

The Best eSIM for Traveling Europe

Get my best stuff sent straight to you, pin it on pinterest.

  • Where To Stay
  • Transportation
  • Booking Resources
  • Related Blogs

The Ultimate Packing List for Europe in Summer

Figuring out what to pack for Europe is a something I have had to do a lot.  I’ve spent many summers in Europe so I have plenty of experience packing for Europe over the years.  For those of you traveling to Europe this summer and not sure what to wear or what to pack, I have put together the  ultimate packing list for Europe in summer .

Packing List for Europe in the Summer

Packing List for Europe in Summer

Europe Packing List Summer – Travel Essentials for Europe

‱ European Travel Adaptor  â€“ European travel adaptor  for your electronics

‱ External Battery  â€“   External battery  to recharge your phone, camera or other electronics (this is one of my  travel essential items  for any trip)

‱ Comfortable walking shoes  â€“ You will be doing a lot of walking in Europe so comfortable walking shoes are a must for sightseeing. You might want to bring either casual sandals or comfortable flats .

‱ Camera/photography gear  â€“ Europe is very photogenic so don’t forget to bring your camera!  If you are traveling alone or as a couple, you might want to bring a selfie stick/portable tripod  to take photos of yourself. Don’t forget to bring an extra memory card .

‱  Scarf  â€“  A  lightweight scarf  will keep you warm on chilly summer nights or places with too much air-conditioning.  A scarf is also useful when visiting churches or cathedrals which require women to cover their shoulders.

‱ Lightweight pants and/or long dress/skirt for women – If you are going to be visiting churches, I recommend women bring at least one pair of light pants or a dress that covers the knees.

‱ Sunglasses  – Most countries in Europe (especially Southern Europe) are very sunny in the summer so sunglasses are a must!

‱ Reusable water bottle  â€“  A reuseable water bottle is a good way to save money on bottled water and also eco-friendly. I use  this insulated water bottle  because it keeps my water cool for hours.

‱ Hat – If you are going to spend a lot of time outdoors especially in the middle of the day, don’t forget to bring a hat for sun protection.  I recommend Coolibar hats  because they have excellent sun protection.

What to Wear in Europe – Clothes and Shoes

What to Wear in Europe in summer

Europeans dress a bit nicer than most North Americans so I don’t recommend walking around in sweatpants or sneakers and shorts.  I recommend dressing fashionable especially in larger cities so you can try to blend in with the locals.

The temperature in Southern Europe during the summer can get very hot so you will need lightweight clothes.  The temperature in Northern Europe is more moderate or even cool and rainy so you will need long sleeve shirts, pants, an umbrella and a jacket or rain jacket.  I recommend checking weatherbase.com to look up the average temperature and rainfall to get an idea what the weather will be like when you are visiting.

‱ Dresses and skirts   â€“ Bring at least 2-3 dresses/skirts.  A basic black dress is a must and can be worn from day to night.  Maxi dresses are also cute and comfortable for summer.

‱ Lightweight pants   â€“  Men should bring at least 2 pairs of lightweight pants for sightseeing and to wear at restaurants or bars.  Women might want to pack a pair of lightweight or linen pants as well. Avoid wearing jeans in the summer in Southern Europe as they will make you feel too hot!

‱ Shirts/tops  â€“  I recommend men bring at least 4 short sleeve shirts.  Women can get away with fewer tops if they pack more dresses.

‱ Sweater   â€“ Pack at least 1 long sleeve sweater for chilly summer nights and air-conditioned places.

‱ Jacket   â€“ Bring a light jacket.  Some parts of Europe (especially Northern Europe) might be cool in the summer even in the daytime.

‱ Comfortable walking shoes  â€“ A must for sightseeing. Depending on your outfit you might want either casual sandals or comfortable flats or fashionable sneakers.

‱ Dressier sandals/cute flats/loafers   â€“ Bring a dressier pair of sandals or cute flats that can be worn for dinner or drinks.

‱ Platform shoes for women  â€“ Some places of Europe have cobblestone streets so I recommend women avoid high thin heels.  If you need some height, I recommend platform shoes.

‱ Shorts  – Personally I would avoid shorts in Europe unless visiting beach towns or resort areas.  If visiting mostly cities, I recommend wearing lightweight pants or skirts instead of shorts.

‱ Flip-flops  â€“  I recommend wearing cute and comfortable sandals when walking around a European city or town but you might want to bring a pair of flip flops to  wear at the beach or at hostels and hotels.   Havaianas flip flops are my favorite because they have great traction and don’t slip when walking on wet surfaces.

‱ Underwear, socks and bras  â€“  Depending on how long you are visiting Europe and how often you will do laundry, bring at least 5 pairs of underwear, 3 pairs of socks and 2 bras.  If you are checking luggage, pack at least 1 of each in your  carry on bag  in case your checked luggage is lost or delayed. ExOfficio underwear is great for travel because it is breathable, quick-drying fabric and odor-resistant.

Europe Packing List – Other Things to Pack for Europe

‱ Passport ‱ Cash, credit cards, ATM cards (make sure your credit card does not charge a foreign transaction fee) ‱ Drivers license and international drivers license if planning on driving ‱ COVID vaccine card and/or negative COVID test (if required) ‱ Glasses, contacts, contact lens solution ‱ Medication and prescriptions ‱ Face Masks â€“ Masks may be required at your destination so pack a few face masks ‱  Antibacterial wipes  or  hand sanitizer ‱ Electronics (smartphone, computer, tablet,  kindle , cords, cameras, memory cards) ‱ Toothbrush, toothpaste and floss ‱ Toiletries (makeup, lotion, deodorant, tissues, comb/brush, feminine products, q-tips, razor, shampoo/conditioner/soap) ‱ Noise cancelling headphones  or  earplugs and  eye mask ‱ Compression socks  to prevent DVT on long flights  and drives ‱  Body wipes  to wipe off sweat ‱ First aid kit (band aids, pain reliever, allergy medicine, anti-nausea medicine, antacid tablets, charcoal tablets ) ‱ Lip balm with UV protection â€“ Don’t forget to protect your lips! Most people apply sunscreen but they overlook sun protection for their lips ‱ Sunscreen  â€“ Don’t forget to bring sunscreen to protect you from the sun. Sunscreen is easy to find in Europe so it is not the end of the world if you forget to pack it. ‱ Insect repellent ‱ Travel umbrella and/or rain jacket – Some parts of Europe can be rainy even in the summer ‱ Bandana â€“ A bandana is so versatile, you can use it to wipe off sweat or use as a scarf or mask ‱ Beach bag â€“ For carrying your beach essentials if planning some time at the beach or pool. ‱ Bathing suits/sarong/kaftan  â€“ If planning to hit the beach or pool. ‱ Universal waterproof phone case  â€“ Keep smartphones dry with this  waterproof case  when hanging out at the beach. ‱ A  quick drying travel towel for the beach or if you are staying at a hostel that does not provide towels ‱ Packing cubes ‱ Day bag, tote or purse for sightseeing ‱ TSA approved locks ‱ Notebook and pen

These are my travel essentials for a summer in Europe. Is there anything else I should add to my Europe packing list ?

Need some travel inspiration for your trip to Europe? Check these articles about the best European travel destinations:

  • Best Road Trips in Europe You Need to Visit
  • Most Beautiful Cities in Europe You Need to Visit
  • Underrated Cities in Europe
  • Beautiful Towns in Europe Straight Out of a Fairytale
  • Europe Bucket List: 100+ Epic Things to Do in Europe

Not sure what to pack for your trip to #Europe this summer? Click through for a complete summer packing list for Europe including what to wear and other European travel essentials. *********Europe Packing Tips Vacations | Europe Packing Summer Trips | Europe Packing Summer Products | Europe Packing Summer Check Lists | Europe Packing List June | Europe Packing List September | #europepackinglist #packingtips #packingforEurope #europepacking #packinglistforEurope #europetravel #europetraveltips

Related Posts

60 Best Travel Quotes of All Time

savvyglobetrotter

Looks like a good thorough list. Very accurate in my experience. I’m a huge fan of noise-canceling headphones as well! 🙂 And a scarf is always great, like you said.

I am one of those last minute before leaving to travel packers. and also miss stuff, I needed a check list and printed this post out, thank you Ma’am.

Really useful list, I need to save it, I always forgot something while I’m packing. Thanks!

I just did a packing list post myself on my blog. Loved reading yours, many of things are same/similar to my list 🙂 I have been thinking of using packing cubes, what do you think about it? Good idea? or Nah…

This is a really extensive packing list, you have really covered yourself here.

Love all these tips for packing for a trip to Europe during the summer. As someone who lives in Europe (until Brexit comes in at least LOL), I’d definitely recommend all of these. Just a note, reusable water bottles can be used in most places in the UK as our tap water is safe. Though if you’re hitting countries like Greece or Cyprus around the Med then I’d advise non-Europeans to be careful with tap water, as it may not agree with you and isn’t always the safest. Happy travels! X

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

CommentLuv badge

Currently you have JavaScript disabled. In order to post comments, please make sure JavaScript and Cookies are enabled, and reload the page. Click here for instructions on how to enable JavaScript in your browser.

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

  • Tour Account â€ș
  • Travel Forum â€ș
  • Travel Forum
  • General Europe
  • My 3 Month Europe...

My 3 Month Europe Itinerary

Hey everyone my girlfriend and I are planning a 3 month trip this summer to Western Europe and here is our itinerary after months of research and flight/bus/train comparisons. No rail pass, just point to point tickets, and ryanair/easyjet for the in-Europe flights.

Date, City, Country, via, Travel Time may 26-28, Lisbon, Portugal, Flight 6/1/2015, Madrid, Spain, Flight, 4 6/6/2015,Barcelona, Spain, Train, 3 6/11/2015 ,Rome, Italy, Flight, 5 6/12/2015,Athens, Greece, Flight, 5.5 6/17/2015, Rome, Italy, Flight, 5.5 6/22/2015, Florence, Italy, Train, 1.5 6/27/2015, Venice, Italy, Train, 3.5 7/2/2015, Milan, Italy, Train, 3 taking a train to Lake Compo and then connecting to another that goes to Zurich for a scenic route 7/7/2015, Zurich, Switzerland, Train, 4 7/12/2015, Munich, Germany, Train, 3.75 7/17/2015 ,Frankfurt, Germany, Train, 3.25 7/22/2015, Brussels, Belgium, Bus, 6 7/27/2015, Amsterdam, Netherlands, Bus, 2.75 8/1/2015, Hamburg ,Germany, Train, 6 8/6/2015, Copenhagen, Denmark, Train, 4.75 8/11/2015, Stockholm, Sweden, Flight, 5.25 8/16/2015, London, England, Flight, 6.5 8/21/2015, Dublin, Ireland, Train, 7 aug 25-27, Austin, Texas, Flight

Sticking to hostels/couchsurfing, with lots of grocery shopping to keep our costs as low as possible. Mostly sticking to the cities since we arent on a specific budget but are just aiming to cut costs and do mostly free/very cheap things.

Does anyone have any tips or info on this route? Just want to make sure we're not missing anything.

i am confused about one thing. How long are you staying in Zurich? And why not somewhere else in Switzerland?

Are you guys students? I think there are discounts passes etc. for students or persons under 25. Also look into staying in University Dorms...some are available when school is not in session. Shopping at a deli is a good plan because the food is already cooked. Some grocery stores have deli sections. Pub food can be fairly inexpensive. Go to Costco and eat the samples. Also the outdoor or farmers markets are fun. Your trip sounds busy. I would allow for a little slack time. Serendipity comes when you don't over plan. Are you planning to use the cities as bases for seeing the countrysides? Or are you looking for that Urban experience. The Scandinavian Countries are more expensive. London accommodations can be the most expensive. I would stay just outside of the big cities and take the commuter trains in to save the most money.

You have 4-5 days in Hamburg, enough time to take one or two day trips, depending on how extensive they are. Choices are Kiel, Schwerin, LĂŒbeck, LĂŒneburg, Bremen, Eutin, even Flensburg.

I agree with Steve, of all the places to visit in Switzerland, ZĂŒrich is some way down the list. Pick somewhere that is actually in the Alps.

" taking a train to Lake Compo and then connecting to another that goes to Zurich for a scenic route " There are direct trains from Milan to ZĂŒrich (with connections to other places in Switzerland). Not sure what you mean here Lake Como is a big lake, it has some places on its shores with rail connections, some without. Possibly you are refering to the Bernina Bahn route over the Alps. This is a lot longer and slower than the direct route (which is still scenic), and, depending on where you are going to in Switzerland, may require a night en route. But it does not require changing trains anywhere near Lake Como.

For the Frankfurt - Brussels and Brussels - Amsterdam legs why have you chosen bus? High Speed Train would be the obvious choice.

Hello Adam, I think that itinerary is good. When I was at Athens in Greece, a small hotel located in the Monastiraki section had a kitchen that was for the guests' use. A small amount of cookware and kitchen utensils were in that kitchen, and a refrigerator and cook stove. To go to that hotel from the Athens airport, ride in the METRO train to the Monastiraki station (at the end of the line), it is a 50 minute ride. That hotel is at a location that is within walking distance of the Athens Acropolis (Parthenon), via the north side of the Acropolis hill. That north side of the Acropolis is my favorite part of Athens. (no motor vehicles there). I suggest that you go to a place where you can see the Mediterranean Sea. A very good place for that is the Cinque Terre villages in Liguria in ITALY. I recommend : when you are traveling in ITALY, ride in a train from Rome to Florence. When you leave Florence, ride in trains to a Cinque Terre Village, via Pisa and La Spezia. (I do not put a high priority on seeing the Leaning Tower of Pisa). One of the Cinque Terre villages is Manorola. A good hostel that has a rooftop patio is at Manorola. And near the hostel are rooms that cost approximately the same as being at a hostel, for two people. Ride in a local train from Manorola to Corniglia, and walk on the trail from Corniglia to Vernazza (in that direction). On the trail, you can see scenic views of the Mediterranean Sea. And ride in a local train to Manorola. Information about overnight accomodations at Manorola is in the Travel guide book "Rick Steves' ITALY". Ride in an Express train from Monterosso (north of Manorola and Vernazza) or from La Spezia (south of the Cinque Terre) to Milan central train station. I recommend : delete Venice from your itinerary. In Switzerland, I recommend : do not go to Zurich, unless you have a special reason for going to Zurich. From Milan in Italy, ride in trains to Lauterbrunnen in Switzerland, via Lucerne and Interlaken. Read about the Lauterbrunnen area (in the Berner Oberland) in the travel guide book "Rick Steves' Switzerland". It is not necessary for that book to be a recent edition.

steve - we are staying in zurich from 7/7-7/12, although im rethinking that in light of some of the comments here :P

Kathleen - no we're not students :(, im 26 and she's 31. we are mostly looking for the urban experience since too many excursions will rack up the transportation costs and cities are where you can find the densest amount of activities/landmarks/culture. Thankyou for the food tips though i've taken notes :)

Fred - thankyou ill definitely look into those

Steve- since zurich sounds bad i might just eliminate the lake como route entirely from my planning. any ideas on a better city in switzerland? as for taking the busses over train in brussels/amsterdam, its just a matter of those trains costing 30 dollars each whereas the bus rides are 10 each, and i figured we shoudl take at least 1 bus ride while in europe :P

Ron - ive actually already planned an excursion from florence to monorola for 36 euros roundtrip and researched that hostel as well :). monorola just looks amazing and i cant wait. i didnt know about the trail though, ive made a note and we will definitely hit that up.

Also thank you all for your anti-zurich comments. I am definitely looking into Ron's suggestion of the Interlaken area now.

You say "3 months." An important detail: Make sure you don't exceed the 90 days time limit. 89 days is good, 91 days could get you in trouble.

wow i didnt even know about the 90/180 rule. good call, thanks. i believe we'll be fine since we'll end up in the UK (which allows 6 months of tourist time) before we hit the 90 day mark

Better city to stay in Switzerland than Zurich? There are many. If I can name just one it will be Luzern.

i have now updated my itinerary to go to interlaken instead of zurich, and i have also realized that there is no train tunnel between london and dublin :P, so that has changed to a flight

On the cost of eating: Based on your itinerary you have (in Germany) the choice of having dinner in the hostels, the HI hostels in Frankfurt, Munich, Hamburg where hot food is served, complete meals for under 7 Euro. (No beer) Hamburg's dinner was very good, Munich's not so. In London, Hamburg, Frankfurt, Munich the HI and private, independent hostels are located close to the train station. (Kings Cross/St Pancras in London) Another option the university cafeterias (Mensa) in Germany serve lunch, also open to the public....good range of hot dishes. Beer is also sold. I've been to a few of them. No one will ask for ID, etc.

Keep in mind that buying groceries inside the train station costs more than if you get them at a store , say across the street from the station, yes, you pay for the convenience in business hours and proximity.

"i have now updated my itinerary to go to interlaken instead of zurich"

Interlaken is perhaps not the best choice in that area. The area outside Interlaken in the Lauterbrunnen Valley is the big favourite with many here. There are several different towns you could stay in - Lauterbrunnen, MĂŒrren, Wengen or Gimmelwald. As you're younger and watching your budget, you might consider a stay at the famous Mountain Hostel in Gimmelwald. There has always been a very lively group there every time I've stopped by for a visit (as I recall, they have a bar, if that's a consideration).

If you'd prefer more of a "city" atmosphere, Lucerne is a good choice. It's a beautiful city and there are some interesting attractions there. One other point to mention about Switzerland is that it's expensive so Couchsurfing or not, you'll need to budget accordingly.

If you're planning to use Hostels at all, HI Hostels have properties all over the world. I've found that they're well managed and fairly clean, but definitely not "party palaces". Many provide breakfast in the cost of the room. Having an inexpensive HI Hostels membership provides cheaper prices and preferred booking over non-members. I've found that having a membership in some locations (Switzerland?) is compulsory. Of course, there are also independent Hostels in most cities as well.

Absolutely agree, choose Lauterbrunnen Valley or up in the alps (Murren/Wengen) rather than Interlaken. If you are going to Switzerland you want a mountain experience, and Interlaken won't give you that.

the only problem i see with the grimmewald/murren/wengen suggestions is that it is so expensive to sleep there overnight whereas interlaken is the standard 20-40 dollar hostel price of switzerland, PLUS how much it costs to get from interlaken into the mountains. i would absolutely rather stay in grimmewald but price might be an issue :(

I understand $$ and on our first trip to Gimmelwald we really didn't have the money to take the gondolas/trains all around the area. Our daughter was having trouble walking (cerebral palsy) at that time so we couldn't just walk out the door and hike. So, we took one gondola up to Murren and then just stayed put the rest of the time in Gimmelwald and we took a couple short hikes leaving her at the apartment. I think it would have cost us around $500 to do all the trains, etc. in the area. Then, we came home and I had the biggest regret: $500 stopped us from seeing the most amazing sites on earth! On an already expensive trip, $500 really wasn't that much more when it was all said and done. So, what did I do? I had to go back and do it right a few years later!

My 2 cents. Either go and do it right, or don't go there and spend your $$ elsewhere. Interlaken just wouldn't do it for me, personally. It is not the alps and is still a distance away from the alps. I'd say to stay in the alps as cheaply as you can, spend some $$ for gondolas, hike, buy groceries and cook yourself, or just skip the area and go back someday when you can do it right. For me, the swiss alps of the Berner Oberland is the MOST amazing thing I've ever seen. I'd cut something else out, not this!

well crap. i might have to try to find some money in the budget for grimmewald. it does look so amazing..

for your bus between Brussels and Amsterdam, there are two train options which compete. There's the one you identified, relatively fast and quite expensive - Thalys - and the regular international trains which don't need reservations and the fares are cheap. It may involve a very easy and fast change of train in Rotterdam or den Haag, but I think you will be much happier than looking out a bus window at mile after mile of slow freeway traffic and sound walls. The train goes through much better countryside and even the slow train is faster than the bus.

The village you keep mentioning - and it is a Great Choice - listen to Susan and Monte - is spelled Gimmelwald. That will help you search for youtubes and vines, etc.

hey you are coming in the best time of the year to greece and you will love athens ,,, they are alot of nice things to see , and what ever i could help you can ask , marco

The plan of mostly sticking to cities means that you miss a lot of culture, history, relaxation, walkability, lower cost, and personality that many smaller towns have to offer. If your research includes any of Rick Steves' materials (TV, guidebooks, or on this web site ), I believe you will find smaller towns of interest all along your route. Zurich, Frankfurt, and Brussels usually don't make our priority list, especially in place of smaller towns near them. Some small towns can be visited for a half-day en-route to the next destination, and some can be side-trips from larger cities, but staying overnight in smaller towns is often necessary to see those regions well, such as around Gimmelwald or the Rhine river.

I can't exactly figure out the Rome part of your schedule ....

- 6/6/2015,Barcelona, Spain, Train, 3 - 6/11/2015 ,Rome, Italy, Flight, 5 - 6/12/2015,Athens, Greece, Flight, 5.5 - 6/17/2015, Rome, Italy, Flight, 5.5 *

Looks like you're flying from Barcelona to Rome on the 11th? Then flying Rome to Athens on the 12th? Is there a reason you're not flying directly from Barcelona to Athens? I just looked -- there's a cheap Vueling flight on the 11th.

5.5 days is a lot for Athens. Are you planning to go to an island? At the very least, try to visit Aegina on a day trip (or spend a night there).

This topic has been automatically closed due to a period of inactivity.

  • Italy Tourism
  • Italy Hotels
  • Italy Bed and Breakfast
  • Italy Vacation Rentals
  • Flights to Italy
  • Italy Restaurants
  • Things to Do in Italy
  • Italy Travel Forum
  • Italy Photos
  • All Italy Hotels
  • Italy Hotel Deals
  • Last Minute Hotels in Italy
  • Things to Do
  • Restaurants
  • Vacation Rentals
  • Travel Stories
  • Rental Cars
  • Add a Place
  • Travel Forum
  • Travelers' Choice
  • Help Center

A month in Italy - Italy Forum

  • Europe    
  • Italy    

A month in Italy

  • United States Forums
  • Europe Forums
  • Canada Forums
  • Asia Forums
  • Central America Forums
  • Africa Forums
  • Caribbean Forums
  • Mexico Forums
  • South Pacific Forums
  • South America Forums
  • Middle East Forums
  • Honeymoons and Romance
  • Business Travel
  • Train Travel
  • Traveling With Disabilities
  • Tripadvisor Support
  • Solo Travel
  • Bargain Travel
  • Timeshares / Vacation Rentals
  • Europe forums
  • Italy forum

' class=

We have modest expectations of sightseeing (obviously with the children) so would mostly live to live in a nice place. We won't have a car . I am thinking a medium sized town or city. We mostly expect to go for walks, make our own meals and enjoy a different lifestyle.

Near a beach would be nice if we go Sep/Oct, even just to play on but this is not necessarily essential.

The other two adults have never been to Europe . I would like to show them the more attractive places rather than high rise buildings or resorts. A place that looks very different from North America. Our budget is around a 1000 euros a week.

I am having difficulty narrowing it down. I would welcome any suggestions. Thank you

15 replies to this topic

' class=

https://slowtravelitalyspain.blogspot.com/2023/04/why-i-love-trani.html

Honestly with four adults traveling, at least half of you should spend some time with a few appealing guidebooks...make notes of interest. Create a few rough draft itineraries.

Italy is a large country and you only want one location and will do everything via trains and buses. I would definitely pick a town that is served well by public transportation. You could consider vibrant Bologna where you can reach numerous smaller towns as well as Venice and Florence within reasonable travel time. Even the beach of Rimini . But I would think about having two different base destinations as well...time for some reading up.

You will also want to be in your departure city the night before, so airport locations are an important consideration.

What are you using so far for resources to help you decide?

If seaside, maybe on the Ligurian Coast or Puglia - (Sept/Oct are still high season then)

You have countless choices but without knowing what you have already decided against, it's challenging to make suggestions because so many places in Italy look nothing like where you live - Bologna is a gorgeous Medieval city with beautiful unique porticoes, Florence is Renaissance, Rome is Ancient....etc

Yes we are going to spend another month in Spain or France.

europe trip 3 months

Have a look at www.airbnb.com, then put in your travel dates for this area.

europe trip 3 months

Now that I have the time, that’s the sort of slow holiday I like to take, except that I would see staying a month in one place as a huge gamble. If you stumble across the perfect property in the perfect spot, perhaps staying that long there would be good, but I like to spread my bets by staying a week in each place - a week is enough time to remove the sightseeing pressure you get with just a few days, and is long enough to get to know an area, yet moving on once a week really isn’t that much of a hassle. And if one property has a drawback, or isn’t as described on AirBnB or the booking site (such things do happen), I haven’t staked my whole trip on one place.

Critical is where you are flying into - you don’t say?

But with three places you can mix and match to get some variety - stay out in the countryside or in a small village for one place, in a tourist spot for another, and in an under-visited Italian town for the third. Your budget is enough to find you good places to stay. Unless you plan to do a lot of driving across Italy , pick either the north, centre, or south, and find all of your spots there. Later in the year the weather odds are more in your favour the further south you are, but in September the far south will still be very hot, so it depends on your preference.

I’ve been to Italy a lot, so if I find a nice property somewhere I haven’t been, I don’t worry too much about the location - there are sights and scenery and good restaurants almost everywhere in Italy. As it’s your first visit, you might want to be a bit more choosy. You could, for example, stay a week in one of the Cinque Terre villa ges - provided you’re ready for the crowded, over-touristed nature of the place - but it is stunningly beautiful. You could spend a week in Bergamo , a historic lively northern city, and a week by Lake Garda . That would give you a good mix of experiences and, added to a few nights in Milan for the airport make for a very satisfying visit. But you could equally choose Padova as the city, worth getting to know and an easy day trip to Venice , and combine this with somewhere on Garda and a village in Friuli. The options are endless. In central Italy the same sort of trip would work well in Tuscany and Umbria , or in the south you could do similar in Sicily.

When you say your budget is 1000 per week, what does that include?

An interesting area rarely ever mentioned on here: Molise - https://www.cnn.com/travel/article/molise-italy/index.html

europe trip 3 months

Rarely mentioned because it doesn't exist!

  • Florence - tour operators? 5:56 pm
  • Trip Report - Rome, Tuscany, Cinque Terre, Venice, Dolomites 5:49 pm
  • 4 hours in Florence, are Uffizi and Academia museums close? 5:47 pm
  • Vatican Visit 5:44 pm
  • Help needed with October stay location in or around Rome 5:36 pm
  • Train from Verona to Vienna, Austria 5:35 pm
  • Traveling by train from Milan to Livigno 5:32 pm
  • Naples 5:30 pm
  • Options for Basilica Tickets if Sold Out? 5:24 pm
  • Trenitalia check in fine justification 5:22 pm
  • Hotels in Rome, October, less than 120 € 5:19 pm
  • Where is the ferry port in Gardone? 5:17 pm
  • MP tours ROME - Vatican, Colosseum and Roman Forum 5:16 pm
  • Transport from Menaggio to Milan Malpensa Airport 5:00 pm
  • Best time of year to visit Italy 3 replies
  • What to Buy in Italy? 5 replies
  • BNL D'Italia Bank locations 35 replies
  • Train from Milan to Monaco 2 replies
  • train from Milan to Cinque Terre 13 replies
  • 5 Best Cities to Visit 48 replies
  • Frecciarossa vs Frecciargento 13 replies
  • simple explanation please for "allora....alora " 6 replies
  • Milan to Lucca 9 replies
  • Northern Italy - Lake Como & Switzerland 4 replies

Italy Hotels and Places to Stay

  • TIPS FOR FIRST TIME TRAVELLERS
  • How to use the trains in Italy
  • Thinking of renting a car? Read this first
  • Ultimate Guide to Driving in Italy
  • Tips for travellers to Italy (based on our recent travels)

europe trip 3 months

What Summer Travel to Europe Will Look Like This Year

By Arati Menon

Image may contain Nature Outdoors Sea Water Beach Coast Shoreline Person Aerial View Crowd and Boat

All products featured on Condé Nast Traveler are independently selected by our editors. However, when you buy something through our retail links, we may earn an affiliate commission.

With additional reporting by Sarah Allard

When travel journalist Jenn Rice decided to spend July and August in Italy and Croatia last year, she wasn’t expecting to be spending most of her time indoors. “It was very very hot, so I booked museum tickets during peak days or just lounged around in my room with a spritz and a book until the sun set.” In Dubrovnik she tried escaping to the sea for a cool dip, but everyone else had the same idea—resulting in sweaty, overcrowded beaches. “In Rome , gelato melted faster than the speed of light,” she says.

Image may contain City Urban Person and Downtown

Come summer, major attractions like the Spanish Steps in Rome are thronged by international tourists and vacationing Europeans.

Rome and Dubrovnik weren’t the only European destinations overcome with heat. To travel in Europe in the summer of 2023 was to experience first-hand a single season of contrasting extremes. Temperatures swung from hot and dry to cold and wet, and heatwaves broke out across several of the most heavily touristed destinations, with temperatures reaching upwards of 100°F. In Northern Greece, wildfires broke out —the worst experienced there in 20 years —destroying homes, forests, and vineyards.

Yet in the midst of it all, the continent also saw record-breaking tourist numbers —the highest since pre-pandemic levels—even as hotel prices swelled and airfares hit peaks. From scenic escapes like Bellagio in Como and Taormina in Sicily (where the White Lotus effect was on full display) to bucket-list cities like Paris and Madrid , much of touristed Europe was completely overwhelmed.

“We had people calling us from Athens and Rome asking us to get them out [to somewhere cooler in Europe], because it was too hot and too crowded,” recalls Jan Sortland , founder of Scandinavia specialists Norwegian Adventures.

International tourists weren’t the only ones thronging these spots. According to the European Travel Commission , most Europeans took their vacations before the peak month of August, with Italy and France being their top destinations. This resulted in packed crowds at all the major attractions. For John Canning, an LA-based executive who traveled to Paris in July, the crowds were eye-opening. “We didn’t anticipate that everything we would want to see was sold out. We only got MusĂ©e d’Orsay tickets through our concierge at a substantial premium and could not get into the Louvre full stop,” he says.

Rice says the summer taught her to plan her travel differently this year—and beyond: “I’m going to try and do coastal Italy early in May, and if I decide to travel in Europe this summer it will be either Asturias in Northern Spain or the Julian Alps in Slovenia to keep cool."

She’s not alone—according to the travel specialists we spoke with, there’s an increased interest in lesser-known destinations offering a more laid back (and cooler) holiday. “Our guests are asking after places where they can be outdoors, yet have access to wine & foodie experiences and culture. Slovenia is a great example of where you can have all that without being overwhelmed with the heat; the Dolomites in Italy is another,” says Rachael Mendizabal, Europe travel specialist at Scott Dunn . Richard Hyde, COO at Small Luxury Hotels of the World , is seeing similar trends across their European portfolio: “Guests seem to be gravitating towards alternative destinations—Milos instead of Mykonos and Slovenia instead of Spain.”

Image may contain Outdoors Nature Scenery Water Person Landscape Lake and Sea

Norway is a popular destination this summer, offering cooler weather and a myriad ways to be active outside, exploring the islands and fjords.

A big part of that shift will play into Sortland’s area of expertise: Northern Europe. With the Med getting too hot to handle, experts predict that tourism will shift northwards. “We’re seeing a lot of interest in Copenhagen and Stockholm for the cultural experience, and then onward to Norway for the nature. Currently, the fjords are still a favorite but Norway is a large country and there’s so much more to see—the Helgeland coast for example with its beautiful coastline and mountainous islands,” he says. The draw is a more moderate temperature and unique outdoor experiences. “ Iceland is a big favorite right now with the Northern lights being the most active this year from September through March,” says Mendizabal.

The Spanish Town of Villajoyosa Is the Best Hidden Gem in Europe, According to a New Ranking

MarĂ­a Casbas

2024 Readers' Choice Awards Survey

Jessica Chapel

What It's Like to Fly in the LeihƍkĆ« Suites, Hawaiian Airlines' New Business Class Cabin

Madison Flager

In turn, for many, the more standard city breaks will fall later in the year. “Athens and Rome will always be desirable destinations, but we’ve seen an uptick in many people preferring to go there in May and October to swerve crowds,” says Carolyn Addison, head of product at Black Tomato , noting the weather in fall has been stable lately and enticing to travelers not tied to school holidays.

With this increased flexibility, shoulder season will become tricker to define, according to Mendizabal. Thanks to hotels extending their season as demand shifts to almost year-round and the high-season pricing window getting longer, the days of “scooping a deal in September are likely over.” At Jumeirah Palace in Capri , the season now runs from March to the end of December. “Thanks to the good weather, guests are staying longer than in the past,” says Ermanno Zanini, regional vice president at Jumeirah Group, Southern Europe and United Kingdom.

Castello di Vicarello in Tuscany 's Maremma countryside has traditionally stayed open in March and November. “We're pushing the low season as much as possible because we truly believe it is a wonderful time to discover Tuscany. There is so much for guests to enjoy from hiking to mountain biking, truffle hunting, and wine tastings,” says owner Neri Baccheschi Berti.

Firework content

This content can also be viewed on the site it originates from.

Crucially, traveling in the shoulder and off seasons isn't just about avoiding the crowds; it’s knowing that seasonal destinations are multi-dimensional, with year-round appeal. “One of my favorite things to do in cooler weather is to hike to the peak of Mount Solaro, with its beautiful views of the town of Capri and the bay of Marina Piccola with the Faraglioni, as well as Anacapri. You also see plenty of wintering birds on the island,” says Zanini.

Image may contain: Henri Matisse, Art, Collage, Boat, Transportation, Vehicle, Baby, Person, City, Bread, Food, and Plate.

Zanini adds that they are in talks with the island's municipality to consider what it would take to stay open in February and March, traditionally strictly closed off. “It's not as straightforward as you think. There’s a lot of infrastructure that needs to be geared towards the low season: restaurants need to stay open, as do shops, and guides need to be available; it can’t just be the hotel,” he adds.

However, with staying open longer, there’s a real opportunity to engage local communities year-round, not to mention stabilize the hiring pool—and improve work culture. “We’ve already seen the positive impact of a longer season for our partners on the ground and locals in the hospitality and tourism sector,” says Addison, who adds that shifts in travel seasons are far from a fleeting trend. “This pattern for more year-round travel will continue to pick up pace in 2025—and beyond," she says.

Travel specialists are quick to point out that even with some of this rebalancing, summer this year and next will continue to see high demand for travel to—and within—Europe. According to Hayley Berg, chief economist at Hopper, while airfare remains higher than at this time in 2019, 40% of all searches for international trips this summer are to Europe, in line with last year and slightly higher than in 2019.

“Sure, we think that traveler numbers on the Cîte d'Azur will smooth out through the year, but summer will certainly remain the festive season—only it will be longer,” says Lucie Weill, owner of wellness retreat Lily of the Valley near St. Tropez , which sees its faire share of packed streets and crowded beaches come summer. Weill adds that the hotel has seen success in extending its season.

For travel specialist Cari Gray of Gray & Co . late requests and a lack of flexibility could mean getting turned away because of a lack of availability. “Whether it’s a visit to the Vatican or dogsledding in Alaska , access is going to be very difficult. And there are only that many high-end lodges in Lapland ,” she says. Addison offers the example of Lake Como , where the best properties can often get booked up a year or two in advance during the busiest summer months. “Knowing that the top hotels and guides are getting booked up and that weather disruptions are increasingly unpredictable, clients who want to commit to the most popular summer hotspots in Europe, like the Greek islands and Sardinia are securing their bookings a year out.”

Image may contain Nature Outdoors Sea Water Shoreline Coast Bay Animal Fish and Sea Life

The Balearic island of Menorca is a charming escape with its rocky coves, white-sand beaches, and green rolling hills.

Ultimately, it’s not about giving up on all the places you love: just about pivoting, even if within the same country. “Why not Menorca instead of Mallorca, with its explosion of fantastic hotels and its great beach front, or Epirus in Northern Greece on the Albanian border with its Stone villages, old-growth forests, and truffle hunts instead of the islands," says Gray.

"In Italy we’re always pushing to discover new areas, even in regions that we’ve been exploring for decades like Tuscany and Umbria because new hotels are opening up regularly,” says Courtney Mundy , a travel specialist at experiential travel experts Butterfield & Robinson.

And, a word of caution for the rising favorites: “Smaller destinations in Iceland & Norway will really need to consider how to manage the higher number of visitors than ever before,” says Addison. “Parts of Iceland are overtouristed,” agrees Sortland, “so, it’s not unreasonable to think that smaller communities in Norway could eventually be at risk, too.” Whether it's through new tourist tax regimens or limits on cruise ship day-trippers to reduce crowding, a shifting tide will need more alert local governments—and as we’re swapping beaches for the mountains or Rome for Stockholm, more responsible travel habits that leave fewer traces behind.

Recommended

One&Only Aesthesis

One&Only Aesthesis

Palacio Arriluce

Palacio Arriluce

Europe Travel Guide

Europe Travel Guide

By signing up you agree to our User Agreement (including the class action waiver and arbitration provisions ), our Privacy Policy & Cookie Statement and to receive marketing and account-related emails from Traveller. You can unsubscribe at any time. This site is protected by reCAPTCHA and the Google Privacy Policy and Terms of Service apply.

Heathrow Border Force, Gatwick catering woes and French ATC: The travel strikes hitting Europe in April and May

Jordan Waller

Editor's Note

We always hope your travel will be trouble-free, but there are strikes and other disruptions across Europe to look out for in the coming weeks.

If you plan to travel during these dates and need advice, read our guide to insurance policies and strike coverage . Additionally, find out what you may be entitled to in terms of compensation if your flight is delayed or otherwise affected.

Here are the strikes to be aware of in the U.K. and Europe.

Related: The best credit cards for trip cancellation and interruption insurance — and what it actually covers

Heathrow Border Force and refueling worker strikes

When: april 29-may 2, may 3-18 and may 4-6.

First, it was on, then it was off. Now, it's back on again: Border Force workers — the staff members who carry out immigration controls and passport checks — based at London's Heathrow Airport (LHR) are set to walk out between April 29 and May 2. The four-day strike action has the potential to cause serious disruption to international flights.

In addition to those dates, there will be a "work to rule" strike between May 3 and 18, when workers will only carry out essential tasks.

The strike involves members of the Public and Commercial Services Union, with 90% of its members voting in favor of the walkouts. The strike is over disputes regarding the U.K. government's planned changes to schedules and shift patterns.

Adding further woe at Heathrow, about 50 refueling workers will also stage a 72-hour strike to protest benefit cuts between May 4 and 6.

Catering workers for EasyJet and Tui at Gatwick Airport

When: april 26-29, may 3-6 and may 10-13.

Around 100 Dnata catering staff, including drivers and warehouse workers, will walk out on three consecutive weekends in April and May. The walkouts will affect services on EasyJet and Tui Airways flights from London Gatwick Airport (LGW).

The strikes — which involve about 100 workers — are due to take place April 26-29, May 3-6 and May 10-13.

Related: You are entitled to a refund for your canceled flight — even if the airline says you aren't

Air traffic controller strike in France

Air traffic controllers at French airports are threatening to strike April 25. While the strike could be averted, the clock is ticking; the staff only has until April 23 to call off the strike. If the strike goes ahead, it could disrupt up to 70% of flights arriving at the country's major airports and passing through French airspace.

France transport strike notice

When: feb. 5 to sept. 9.

Staff members employed by the state-owned Ile-de-France bus and metro network commenced a seven-month strike notice period in early February over pay. If they don't come to an agreement during this period, the strikes could likely take place during the 2024 Paris Olympics.

Bottom line

One thing worth remembering about strikes is that nothing is certain, and it's always possible that unions and employers will reach a deal.

However, the current economy can be challenging. Workers are struggling through the deepening cost of living, and travel companies are desperate to appease shareholders. The pressures on both sides of the fence seem unlikely to evaporate anytime soon.

The chances of more strikes across the travel sector are high. Keep an eye on these dates and plan accordingly.

Related reading:

  • Key travel tips you need to know — whether you're a first-time or frequent traveler
  • Best travel credit cards
  • Where to go in 2024: The 16 best places to travel
  • 6 real-life strategies you can use when your flight is canceled or delayed
  • 8 of the best credit cards for general travel purchases
  • 13 must-have items the TPG team can't travel without

IMAGES

  1. Three Months in Europe: Map & Itinerary

    europe trip 3 months

  2. How Much It Actually Cost Me To Travel For 3 Months: Complete Europe

    europe trip 3 months

  3. 3 Months in Europe Itinerary

    europe trip 3 months

  4. 3 months of travel around Europe

    europe trip 3 months

  5. 3 Months of Traveling Around Europe by Train

    europe trip 3 months

  6. What 3 Months Traveling in Europe Cost Me

    europe trip 3 months

VIDEO

  1. Europe Closing Its Border January 2024

  2. How to Plan Europe Trip

  3. Europe Itinerary 8 Days

  4. Top 20 Best European Ski Vacations 2023/24

  5. Europe Trip Day 6

  6. europe trip 2024 :)

COMMENTS

  1. Detailed 3 Months Europe Itinerary + Costs (2024) : The Best of Europe

    From Amsterdam: Keukenhof Flower Park Trip with Transfer. Prague: Vltava River Night Cruise with Buffet. Florence: Chianti Wineries Tour with Food and Wine Tasting. Here's where to stay on your 3 months in Europe itinerary. London - Fox and Goose hotel. Venice - Venice Maggior Consiglio. Amsterdam : Hotel Nes.

  2. 3 Months in Europe: The Best 3 Month Itinerary for Europe

    Iceland (1 week): The First Destination of Your 3 Months in Europe. The first place for your 3 month trip to Europe starts in the country of Iceland. Flying here from the United States can be very affordable. There are low-cost carriers that offer many flights to the country.

  3. 3 Months Backpacking Europe Itinerary for First-Timers

    200 USD (100 USD/Day) đŸ‡łđŸ‡± The Netherlands (3 days): 210 USD (70 USD/Day) Total Budget for 3 months in Europe (82 days): 5,945 USD. Keep in mind that this is a bare minimum rough estimate of the total budget for spending 3 months in Europe, including cheap accommodation, transportation, and meals.

  4. If we had 3 months in Europe this is where we would go! [3 Month

    3 month Europe travel itineraries: The planning is always a strange mix of extreme excitement and wanderlust, mixed with stress and 'fear of missing out'. However, as discussed above, we urge you to not try and 'fit everything in', and choose a few key areas and regions to visit! Additionally, we also recommend a mix of coastal, big ...

  5. How Much It Actually Cost Me To Travel For 3 Months: Complete Europe

    Food: $515. Transportation: $58. Flights: $6. TOTAL: $888. Prior to my trip, I had two main travel gear expenses- my new all-time favorite travel backpack, the Osprey Aura 65, and some Europe-appropriate clothing that I was lacking (dresses, light jackets, shorts, etc.) My 3-month journey abroad began in New York.

  6. 3 Months in Europe Itinerary: Traveling Around Europe in 90 Days

    Best time to visit Europe for 3 months. We think the best time to visit, according to our itinerary, is late spring to early summer, and maybe also consider late summer to early fall. So, the best time to visit is from mid-April to mid-June. Additionally, the period between August and October may also be good, but some adjustments may be needed ...

  7. 3 Months in Europe Itinerary

    3 Month Road Trip through the Balkans. Three months is the perfect amount of time to spend travelling the Balkans region. The nations that made up Yugoslavia - with the addition of Albania - are among the most interesting (and underrated) countries in Europe, making this a great choice for travelers who like to venture a bit left of center in search of culture, history and splendid landscapes.

  8. A Guide to Backpacking in Europe for 3 Months

    Our 3 Month Europe Itinerary: 3 weeks in Lloret de Mar (Spain) + Day trips to Barcelona and Girona. 2 nights in Marseilles (France) 3 nights in Antibes (France) + Day trips to Nice and Monaco. 1 night in Nice (France) 1 night in La Spezia (Italy) 3 nights in Florence (Italy) + Day trips to Pisa, Montepulciano and Siena.

  9. Ideas for a Europe itinerary for 3 Months

    Embarking on a three-month European adventure is like stepping into a buffet of cultures, history, and breathtaking landscapes. It's not just a trip; it's a journey through time, flavor, and experiences that will linger in your memories. ... In the grand tapestry of travel, planning a 3-month Europe itinerary is like composing a symphony. You ...

  10. Our 3 Month Europe Road Trip Itinerary

    Our 3 Month Europe Road Trip. Milan, Italy - arrive Lake Como, Italy - 2 nights Venice, Italy - 2 nights Bled, Slovenia - 2 nights Ljubljana, Slovenia - 2 nights Zagreb, Croatia - 1 night Plitvice Lakes, Croatia - day trip Split, Croatia - 2 nights Hvar Island, Croatia - 3 nights

  11. How I Traveled Europe For 3 Months For Under $8,000

    How Much I Spent On My 3-Month Europe Trip. I kept good track of my costs. I began my trip in late April 2018 with 1 week in New York and completed my trip in August 2018, clocking in at a total duration of 3.5 months and a total spend of around $8,800. However, there were some extenuating circumstances in my case, namely the fact that I had ...

  12. Our Summer Abroad

    Our Summer Abroad: The Non-Backpacker's Guide to Three Months of Slow Travel Through Europe | How we planned and packed for a summer in Europe without a hostel or backpack in sight. | A 3-Month Itinerary from Paris to Rome, traveling to cities through France, Switzerland and Italy. | My Packing List and Planning Tips for spending the summer in Europe's most beautiful destinations.

  13. How Much Does 3 Months in Europe Cost: A Complete Budget Breakdown

    Our budget goal for housing for the summer in Europe was an average of $100/night. Guess what - we were in Europe for 87 days total so we ended up under budget at $94/night average! When we did our 6 month trip around the world in 2019, our housing budget was only $40 a night. This is the biggest factor in why that overall trip cost was much ...

  14. How to Plan a Europe Backpacking Trip for Your Family

    So the total cost for 5 of us backpacking Europe for 3 months was $9,352.That's around $3,100/month or $1870/person.Not too bad eh? We saved a lot of money and keep our costs down by renting houses instead of staying in hotels.. We wanted to stay around $3,000/month because we were renting out our house on Airbnb for around $4,000/month.So technically, we saved money by traveling Europe ...

  15. The Ultimate 3 Months in Europe: Carry-On Summer Packing Guide (with

    Keep reading for the ultimate guide to for what to pack on your next trip to Europe, with a checklist provided at the end! The Ultimate 3 Months in Europe: Carry-On Summer Packing Guide (with Free Checklist) Why Use a Carry-On . There are a lot of benefits to using a carry-on when doing long term travel.

  16. How To Comfortably Long Term Slow Travel In Europe

    Tips For Long Term Travel For Canadians
. As a Canadian, you have to live in your province for 4 to 6 months of the year (depending on the province) for health care. We ran into an issue though. As a Canadian, we're also only allowed to stay in the Shengen zone in Europe for 3 months every 6 months.

  17. Europe 2019 Series: Planning a 3 Month Long Europe Trip

    The thing with a Schengen visa is that the duration is pretty random. It could just cover your travel duration, or it could be a year-long visa. therovingheart. Portugal. View profile. therovingheart. 918 posts · 12K followers. View more on Instagram. 390 likes.

  18. Europe Budget Travel Guide (Updated 2024)

    Backpacking Europe Suggested Budgets. Prices for travel in Europe vary greatly depending on how far north, east, south, or west you travel. If you stick to the budget accommodations, food, and tours listed here and use all my tips on saving money, you need about 65-110 EUR per day in Western Europe, 40-50 EUR in Eastern Europe, and about 85-130 EUR in Scandinavia.

  19. The Ultimate Packing List for Europe in Summer

    ‱ Underwear, socks and bras - Depending on how long you are visiting Europe and how often you will do laundry, bring at least 5 pairs of underwear, 3 pairs of socks and 2 bras.If you are checking luggage, pack at least 1 of each in your carry on bag in case your checked luggage is lost or delayed. ExOfficio underwear is great for travel because it is breathable, quick-drying fabric and ...

  20. The Ultimate Packing Checklist For 3 Months Of Travel

    Bring 2-3 pairs at most, depending on the season. In the spring, fall, or winter, you can bring 2 pairs of jeans (a blue and black one). Wool leggings or baselayers will keep you warm and comfortable when sightseeing outdoors. For summers, in the face of humidity, go with something loose and light and a pair of shorts.

  21. Europe Trip Cost Calculator

    Firebird Tours, LLC: 401 E. Las Olas Blvd, Suite 1400 Fort Lauderdale, FL, 33301, US

  22. My 3 Month Europe Itinerary

    Hey everyone my girlfriend and I are planning a 3 month trip this summer to Western Europe and here is our itinerary after months of research and flight/bus/train comparisons. No rail pass, just point to point tickets, and ryanair/easyjet for the in-Europe flights. Date, City, Country, via, Travel Time. may 26-28, Lisbon, Portugal, Flight.

  23. Italy Forum

    187 posts. 1 review. A month in Italy. Apr 23, 2024, 11:34 AM. Please help me with suggestions. We (family of 4 adults, two children under 3) are looking for a place to stay for a month in Italy in mid Sep/Oct or Nov/Dec. We also want to go somewhere in Spain for a month during that period. None of us have been to Italy before.

  24. Opinions on my 3 month Europe itinerary! : r/solotravel

    I did 3 months in Europe last year and my favorite part was taking 2 nights in Orleans to just relax, do laundry, get a haircut, and watch some Netflix. You can see most of Orleans in half a day so 2 nights was plenty of time to explore at a lazy pace. It was also super cheap to find a studio Airbnb. Look for similar small, cute town on your ...

  25. 5 Adventures In Europe Without The Crowds

    There is an October 2024 departure, and the price is $4,595. Hiker in Tatra Mountains, Poland. getty. Poland & Slovakia Walking & Hiking Tour. Backroads has organized this six-day national parks ...

  26. What Summer Travel to Europe Will Look Like This Year

    To travel in Europe in the summer of 2023 was to experience first-hand a single season of contrasting extremes. Temperatures swung from hot and dry to cold and wet, and heatwaves broke out across ...

  27. When European airports and trains will face strike disruptions over the

    Here are the strikes to be aware of in the U.K. and Europe. Related: The best credit cards for trip cancellation and interruption insurance — and what it actually covers. Heathrow Border Force and refueling worker strikes When: April 29-May 2, May 3-18 and May 4-6. First, it was on, then it was off.

  28. Digital nomad visas: How to live, work and travel in Europe

    Croatia: For sunshine undamped by tax woes. Visa length: One year, with possibility to renew Application fee: Around €60 Income requirement: Around €2,500/month Croatia launched its one-year ...